* sdl moved

git-svn-id: http://svn.freepascal.org/svn/fpc/trunk@10024 3ad0048d-3df7-0310-abae-a5850022a9f2

20 files changed, 20406 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/packages/sdl/LGPL b/packages/sdl/LGPL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1e3f5a263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/LGPL
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+		  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+		  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+  
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/packages/sdl/LGPL.addon b/packages/sdl/LGPL.addon
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12154ea98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/LGPL.addon
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+This is the file LICENSE.addon, it applies to the SDL header translation
+distributed as part of packages/extra of Free Pascal.
+
+The source code of the JEDI-SDL header translations and packages are 
+distributed under the Library GNU General Public License 
+(see the file LICENSE) with the following modification:
+
+As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
+permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
+executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,
+and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
+provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
+and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a module
+which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify this
+library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library, but you are
+not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception
+statement from your version.
+
+If you didn't receive a copy of the file COPYING, contact:
+      Free Software Foundation
+      675 Mass Ave
+      Cambridge, MA  02139
+      USA
+
+This change in licensing (original JEDI-SDL is MPL) is done with permission.
diff --git a/packages/sdl/MPL-1.1 b/packages/sdl/MPL-1.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7714141d15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/MPL-1.1
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+                          MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE
+                                Version 1.1
+
+                              ---------------
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+     1.0.1. "Commercial Use" means distribution or otherwise making the
+     Covered Code available to a third party.
+
+     1.1. "Contributor" means each entity that creates or contributes to
+     the creation of Modifications.
+
+     1.2. "Contributor Version" means the combination of the Original
+     Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications
+     made by that particular Contributor.
+
+     1.3. "Covered Code" means the Original Code or Modifications or the
+     combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case
+     including portions thereof.
+
+     1.4. "Electronic Distribution Mechanism" means a mechanism generally
+     accepted in the software development community for the electronic
+     transfer of data.
+
+     1.5. "Executable" means Covered Code in any form other than Source
+     Code.
+
+     1.6. "Initial Developer" means the individual or entity identified
+     as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit
+     A.
+
+     1.7. "Larger Work" means a work which combines Covered Code or
+     portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.
+
+     1.8. "License" means this document.
+
+     1.8.1. "Licensable" means having the right to grant, to the maximum
+     extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or
+     subsequently acquired, any and all of the rights conveyed herein.
+
+     1.9. "Modifications" means any addition to or deletion from the
+     substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous
+     Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a
+     Modification is:
+          A. Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file
+          containing Original Code or previous Modifications.
+
+          B. Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or
+          previous Modifications.
+
+     1.10. "Original Code" means Source Code of computer software code
+     which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as
+     Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this
+     License is not already Covered Code governed by this License.
+
+     1.10.1. "Patent Claims" means any patent claim(s), now owned or
+     hereafter acquired, including without limitation,  method, process,
+     and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by grantor.
+
+     1.11. "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Covered Code for
+     making modifications to it, including all modules it contains, plus
+     any associated interface definition files, scripts used to control
+     compilation and installation of an Executable, or source code
+     differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another
+     well known, available Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The
+     Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form, provided the
+     appropriate decompression or de-archiving software is widely available
+     for no charge.
+
+     1.12. "You" (or "Your")  means an individual or a legal entity
+     exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this
+     License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6.1.
+     For legal entities, "You" includes any entity which controls, is
+     controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of
+     this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect,
+     to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
+     contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent
+     (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such
+     entity.
+
+2. Source Code License.
+
+     2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.
+     The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
+     claims:
+          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
+          trademark) Licensable by Initial Developer to use, reproduce,
+          modify, display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Original
+          Code (or portions thereof) with or without Modifications, and/or
+          as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under Patents Claims infringed by the making, using or
+          selling of Original Code, to make, have made, use, practice,
+          sell, and offer for sale, and/or otherwise dispose of the
+          Original Code (or portions thereof).
+
+          (c) the licenses granted in this Section 2.1(a) and (b) are
+          effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes
+          Original Code under the terms of this License.
+
+          (d) Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is
+          granted: 1) for code that You delete from the Original Code; 2)
+          separate from the Original Code;  or 3) for infringements caused
+          by: i) the modification of the Original Code or ii) the
+          combination of the Original Code with other software or devices.
+
+     2.2. Contributor Grant.
+     Subject to third party intellectual property claims, each Contributor
+     hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license
+
+          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
+          trademark) Licensable by Contributor, to use, reproduce, modify,
+          display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Modifications
+          created by such Contributor (or portions thereof) either on an
+          unmodified basis, with other Modifications, as Covered Code
+          and/or as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under Patent Claims infringed by the making, using, or
+          selling of  Modifications made by that Contributor either alone
+          and/or in combination with its Contributor Version (or portions
+          of such combination), to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have
+          made, and/or otherwise dispose of: 1) Modifications made by that
+          Contributor (or portions thereof); and 2) the combination of
+          Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor
+          Version (or portions of such combination).
+
+          (c) the licenses granted in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.2(b) are
+          effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of
+          the Covered Code.
+
+          (d)    Notwithstanding Section 2.2(b) above, no patent license is
+          granted: 1) for any code that Contributor has deleted from the
+          Contributor Version; 2)  separate from the Contributor Version;
+          3)  for infringements caused by: i) third party modifications of
+          Contributor Version or ii)  the combination of Modifications made
+          by that Contributor with other software  (except as part of the
+          Contributor Version) or other devices; or 4) under Patent Claims
+          infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by
+          that Contributor.
+
+3. Distribution Obligations.
+
+     3.1. Application of License.
+     The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are
+     governed by the terms of this License, including without limitation
+     Section 2.2. The Source Code version of Covered Code may be
+     distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version
+     of this License released under Section 6.1, and You must include a
+     copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You
+     distribute. You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code
+     version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this
+     License or the recipients' rights hereunder. However, You may include
+     an additional document offering the additional rights described in
+     Section 3.5.
+
+     3.2. Availability of Source Code.
+     Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be
+     made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License
+     either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an
+     Executable version available; and if made available via Electronic
+     Distribution Mechanism, must remain available for at least twelve (12)
+     months after the date it initially became available, or at least six
+     (6) months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification
+     has been made available to such recipients. You are responsible for
+     ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party.
+
+     3.3. Description of Modifications.
+     You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a
+     file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and
+     the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that
+     the Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original
+     Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the
+     Initial Developer in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an
+     Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the
+     origin or ownership of the Covered Code.
+
+     3.4. Intellectual Property Matters
+          (a) Third Party Claims.
+          If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party's
+          intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights
+          granted by such Contributor under Sections 2.1 or 2.2,
+          Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code
+          distribution titled "LEGAL" which describes the claim and the
+          party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will
+          know whom to contact. If Contributor obtains such knowledge after
+          the Modification is made available as described in Section 3.2,
+          Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies
+          Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps
+          (such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups)
+          reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered
+          Code that new knowledge has been obtained.
+
+          (b) Contributor APIs.
+          If Contributor's Modifications include an application programming
+          interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which
+          are reasonably necessary to implement that API, Contributor must
+          also include this information in the LEGAL file.
+
+               (c)    Representations.
+          Contributor represents that, except as disclosed pursuant to
+          Section 3.4(a) above, Contributor believes that Contributor's
+          Modifications are Contributor's original creation(s) and/or
+          Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by
+          this License.
+
+     3.5. Required Notices.
+     You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source
+     Code.  If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source
+     Code file due to its structure, then You must include such notice in a
+     location (such as a relevant directory) where a user would be likely
+     to look for such a notice.  If You created one or more Modification(s)
+     You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in
+     Exhibit A.  You must also duplicate this License in any documentation
+     for the Source Code where You describe recipients' rights or ownership
+     rights relating to Covered Code.  You may choose to offer, and to
+     charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability
+     obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code. However, You
+     may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of the Initial
+     Developer or any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear than
+     any such warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligation is
+     offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial
+     Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the
+     Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty,
+     support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.
+
+     3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.
+     You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the
+     requirements of Section 3.1-3.5 have been met for that Covered Code,
+     and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of
+     the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License,
+     including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the
+     obligations of Section 3.2. The notice must be conspicuously included
+     in any notice in an Executable version, related documentation or
+     collateral in which You describe recipients' rights relating to the
+     Covered Code. You may distribute the Executable version of Covered
+     Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice, which may
+     contain terms different from this License, provided that You are in
+     compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the
+     Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient's
+     rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this
+     License. If You distribute the Executable version under a different
+     license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ
+     from this License are offered by You alone, not by the Initial
+     Developer or any Contributor. You hereby agree to indemnify the
+     Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by
+     the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such
+     terms You offer.
+
+     3.7. Larger Works.
+     You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code
+     not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger
+     Work as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the
+     requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.
+
+     If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
+     License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to
+     statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with
+     the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b)
+     describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description
+     must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3.4 and must
+     be included with all distributions of the Source Code. Except to the
+     extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+     sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+     understand it.
+
+5. Application of this License.
+
+     This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has
+     attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code.
+
+6. Versions of the License.
+
+     6.1. New Versions.
+     Netscape Communications Corporation ("Netscape") may publish revised
+     and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version
+     will be given a distinguishing version number.
+
+     6.2. Effect of New Versions.
+     Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the
+     License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that
+     version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms
+     of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one
+     other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to
+     Covered Code created under this License.
+
+     6.3. Derivative Works.
+     If You create or use a modified version of this License (which you may
+     only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code
+     governed by this License), You must (a) rename Your license so that
+     the phrases "Mozilla", "MOZILLAPL", "MOZPL", "Netscape",
+     "MPL", "NPL" or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your
+     license (except to note that your license differs from this License)
+     and (b) otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license
+     contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and
+     Netscape Public License. (Filling in the name of the Initial
+     Developer, Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in
+     Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of
+     this License.)
+
+7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
+
+     COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+     WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF
+     DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING.
+     THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE
+     IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
+     YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE
+     COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
+     OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF
+     ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.
+
+8. TERMINATION.
+
+     8.1.  This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate
+     automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure
+     such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All
+     sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall
+     survive any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their
+     nature, must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License
+     shall survive.
+
+     8.2.  If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement
+     claim (excluding declatory judgment actions) against Initial Developer
+     or a Contributor (the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom
+     You file such action is referred to as "Participant")  alleging that:
+
+     (a)  such Participant's Contributor Version directly or indirectly
+     infringes any patent, then any and all rights granted by such
+     Participant to You under Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 of this License
+     shall, upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively,
+     unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either: (i)
+     agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable
+     royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such
+     Participant, or (ii) withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to
+     the Contributor Version against such Participant.  If within 60 days
+     of notice, a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not
+     mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim
+     is not withdrawn, the rights granted by Participant to You under
+     Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 automatically terminate at the expiration of
+     the 60 day notice period specified above.
+
+     (b)  any software, hardware, or device, other than such Participant's
+     Contributor Version, directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then
+     any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2.1(b)
+     and 2.2(b) are revoked effective as of the date You first made, used,
+     sold, distributed, or had made, Modifications made by that
+     Participant.
+
+     8.3.  If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant
+     alleging that such Participant's Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved (such as
+     by license or settlement) prior to the initiation of patent
+     infringement litigation, then the reasonable value of the licenses
+     granted by such Participant under Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall be taken
+     into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or
+     license.
+
+     8.4.  In the event of termination under Sections 8.1 or 8.2 above,
+     all end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers)
+     which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder
+     prior to termination shall survive termination.
+
+9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
+
+     UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT
+     (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL YOU, THE INITIAL
+     DEVELOPER, ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE,
+     OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR
+     ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
+     CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL,
+     WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER
+     COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN
+     INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF
+     LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY
+     RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW
+     PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
+     EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO
+     THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
+
+10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.
+
+     The Covered Code is a "commercial item," as that term is defined in
+     48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of "commercial computer
+     software" and "commercial computer software documentation," as such
+     terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48
+     C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995),
+     all U.S. Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those
+     rights set forth herein.
+
+11. MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+     This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject
+     matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+     unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+     necessary to make it enforceable. This License shall be governed by
+     California law provisions (except to the extent applicable law, if
+     any, provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law provisions.
+     With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of,
+     or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United
+     States of America, any litigation relating to this License shall be
+     subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern
+     District of California, with venue lying in Santa Clara County,
+     California, with the losing party responsible for costs, including
+     without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and
+     expenses. The application of the United Nations Convention on
+     Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.
+     Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract
+     shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this
+     License.
+
+12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.
+
+     As between Initial Developer and the Contributors, each party is
+     responsible for claims and damages arising, directly or indirectly,
+     out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to
+     work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such
+     responsibility on an equitable basis. Nothing herein is intended or
+     shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability.
+
+13. MULTIPLE-LICENSED CODE.
+
+     Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as
+     "Multiple-Licensed".  "Multiple-Licensed" means that the Initial
+     Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under
+     Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses, if any, specified
+     by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A.
+
+EXHIBIT A -Mozilla Public License.
+
+     ``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+     Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+     compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+     http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+
+     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+     basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+     License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+     under the License.
+
+     The Original Code is ______________________________________.
+
+     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.
+     Portions created by ______________________ are Copyright (C) ______
+     _______________________. All Rights Reserved.
+
+     Contributor(s): ______________________________________.
+
+     Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms
+     of the _____ license (the  "[___] License"), in which case the
+     provisions of [______] License are applicable instead of those
+     above.  If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+     under the terms of the [____] License and not to allow others to use
+     your version of this file under the MPL, indicate your decision by
+     deleting  the provisions above and replace  them with the notice and
+     other provisions required by the [___] License.  If you do not delete
+     the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file
+     under either the MPL or the [___] License."
+
+     [NOTE: The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of
+     the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code. You should
+     use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the
+     Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications.]
+
diff --git a/packages/sdl/Makefile b/packages/sdl/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e05c656714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,2444 @@
+#
+# Don't edit, this file is generated by FPCMake Version 2.0.0 [2008/01/26]
+#
+default: all
+MAKEFILETARGETS=i386-linux i386-go32v2 i386-win32 i386-os2 i386-freebsd i386-beos i386-netbsd i386-solaris i386-qnx i386-netware i386-openbsd i386-wdosx i386-darwin i386-emx i386-watcom i386-netwlibc i386-wince i386-embedded i386-symbian m68k-linux m68k-freebsd m68k-netbsd m68k-amiga m68k-atari m68k-openbsd m68k-palmos m68k-embedded powerpc-linux powerpc-netbsd powerpc-amiga powerpc-macos powerpc-darwin powerpc-morphos powerpc-embedded sparc-linux sparc-netbsd sparc-solaris sparc-embedded x86_64-linux x86_64-freebsd x86_64-darwin x86_64-win64 x86_64-embedded arm-linux arm-palmos arm-wince arm-gba arm-nds arm-embedded arm-symbian powerpc64-linux powerpc64-darwin powerpc64-embedded
+BSDs = freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
+UNIXs = linux $(BSDs) solaris qnx
+LIMIT83fs = go32v2 os2 emx watcom
+OSNeedsComspecToRunBatch = go32v2 watcom
+FORCE:
+.PHONY: FORCE
+override PATH:=$(patsubst %/,%,$(subst \,/,$(PATH)))
+ifneq ($(findstring darwin,$(OSTYPE)),)
+inUnix=1 #darwin
+SEARCHPATH:=$(filter-out .,$(subst :, ,$(PATH)))
+else
+ifeq ($(findstring ;,$(PATH)),)
+inUnix=1
+SEARCHPATH:=$(filter-out .,$(subst :, ,$(PATH)))
+else
+SEARCHPATH:=$(subst ;, ,$(PATH))
+endif
+endif
+SEARCHPATH+=$(patsubst %/,%,$(subst \,/,$(dir $(MAKE))))
+PWD:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pwd.exe,$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PWD),)
+PWD:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pwd,$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PWD),)
+$(error You need the GNU utils package to use this Makefile)
+else
+PWD:=$(firstword $(PWD))
+SRCEXEEXT=
+endif
+else
+PWD:=$(firstword $(PWD))
+SRCEXEEXT=.exe
+endif
+ifndef inUnix
+ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
+inWinNT=1
+else
+ifdef OS2_SHELL
+inOS2=1
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifneq ($(findstring cygdrive,$(PATH)),)
+inCygWin=1
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+SRCBATCHEXT=.sh
+else
+ifdef inOS2
+SRCBATCHEXT=.cmd
+else
+SRCBATCHEXT=.bat
+endif
+endif
+ifdef COMSPEC
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(OSNeedsComspecToRunBatch)),)
+RUNBATCH=$(COMSPEC) /C
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+PATHSEP=/
+else
+PATHSEP:=$(subst /,\,/)
+ifdef inCygWin
+PATHSEP=/
+endif
+endif
+ifdef PWD
+BASEDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(shell $(PWD)))
+ifdef inCygWin
+ifneq ($(findstring /cygdrive/,$(BASEDIR)),)
+BASENODIR:=$(patsubst /cygdrive%,%,$(BASEDIR))
+BASEDRIVE:=$(firstword $(subst /, ,$(BASENODIR)))
+BASEDIR:=$(subst /cygdrive/$(BASEDRIVE)/,$(BASEDRIVE):/,$(BASEDIR))
+endif
+endif
+else
+BASEDIR=.
+endif
+ifdef inOS2
+ifndef ECHO
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gecho$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /echo$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO=echo
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+endif
+export ECHO
+endif
+override DEFAULT_FPCDIR=../..
+ifndef FPC
+ifdef PP
+FPC=$(PP)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FPC
+FPCPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /fpc$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifneq ($(FPCPROG),)
+FPCPROG:=$(firstword $(FPCPROG))
+ifneq ($(CPU_TARGET),)
+FPC:=$(shell $(FPCPROG) -P$(CPU_TARGET) -PB)
+else
+FPC:=$(shell $(FPCPROG) -PB)
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring Error,$(FPC)),)
+override FPC=$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppc386$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH)))))
+endif
+else
+override FPC=$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppc386$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH)))))
+endif
+endif
+override FPC:=$(subst $(SRCEXEEXT),,$(FPC))
+override FPC:=$(subst \,/,$(FPC))$(SRCEXEEXT)
+FOUNDFPC:=$(strip $(wildcard $(FPC)))
+ifeq ($(FOUNDFPC),)
+FOUNDFPC=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(FPC),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(FOUNDFPC),)
+$(error Compiler $(FPC) not found)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FPC_COMPILERINFO
+FPC_COMPILERINFO:=$(shell $(FPC) -iVSPTPSOTO)
+endif
+ifndef FPC_VERSION
+FPC_VERSION:=$(word 1,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+export FPC FPC_VERSION FPC_COMPILERINFO
+unexport CHECKDEPEND ALLDEPENDENCIES
+ifndef CPU_TARGET
+ifdef CPU_TARGET_DEFAULT
+CPU_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET_DEFAULT)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef OS_TARGET
+ifdef OS_TARGET_DEFAULT
+OS_TARGET=$(OS_TARGET_DEFAULT)
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(words $(FPC_COMPILERINFO)),5)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iSP)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iTP)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iSO)
+FPC_COMPILERINFO+=$(shell $(FPC) -iTO)
+endif
+ifndef CPU_SOURCE
+CPU_SOURCE:=$(word 2,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef CPU_TARGET
+CPU_TARGET:=$(word 3,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef OS_SOURCE
+OS_SOURCE:=$(word 4,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+ifndef OS_TARGET
+OS_TARGET:=$(word 5,$(FPC_COMPILERINFO))
+endif
+FULL_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)
+FULL_SOURCE=$(CPU_SOURCE)-$(OS_SOURCE)
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(LIMIT83fs)),)
+TARGETSUFFIX=$(OS_TARGET)
+SOURCESUFFIX=$(OS_SOURCE)
+else
+TARGETSUFFIX=$(FULL_TARGET)
+SOURCESUFFIX=$(FULL_SOURCE)
+endif
+ifneq ($(FULL_TARGET),$(FULL_SOURCE))
+CROSSCOMPILE=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(findstring makefile,$(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ifeq ($(findstring $(FULL_TARGET),$(MAKEFILETARGETS)),)
+$(error The Makefile doesn't support target $(FULL_TARGET), please run fpcmake first)
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_TARGET),$(BSDs)),)
+BSDhier=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+linuxHier=1
+endif
+export OS_TARGET OS_SOURCE CPU_TARGET CPU_SOURCE FULL_TARGET FULL_SOURCE TARGETSUFFIX SOURCESUFFIX CROSSCOMPILE
+ifdef FPCDIR
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(FPCDIR))
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+else
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+ifdef DEFAULT_FPCDIR
+ifeq ($(FPCDIR),wrong)
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst \,/,$(DEFAULT_FPCDIR))
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=wrong
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(FPCDIR),wrong)
+ifdef inUnix
+override FPCDIR=/usr/local/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units),)
+override FPCDIR=/usr/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+override FPCDIR:=$(subst /$(FPC),,$(firstword $(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(FPC),$(SEARCHPATH))))))
+override FPCDIR:=$(FPCDIR)/..
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR:=$(FPCDIR)/..
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR:=$(BASEDIR)
+ifeq ($(wildcard $(addprefix $(FPCDIR)/,rtl units)),)
+override FPCDIR=c:/pp
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/bin/$(TARGETSUFFIX))
+endif
+ifndef BINUTILSPREFIX
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+BINUTILSPREFIX=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)-
+endif
+endif
+endif
+UNITSDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX))
+ifeq ($(UNITSDIR),)
+UNITSDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR)/units/$(OS_TARGET))
+endif
+PACKAGESDIR:=$(wildcard $(FPCDIR) $(FPCDIR)/packages $(FPCDIR)/packages/base $(FPCDIR)/packages/extra)
+override PACKAGE_NAME=sdl
+override PACKAGE_VERSION=1.0.0
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger   sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger  sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger    sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger   sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger   sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger   sdlutils
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override TARGET_UNITS+=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+endif
+override INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE=y
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR+=src
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+override COMPILER_SOURCEDIR+=src tests
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_UNITSDIR
+override UNITSDIR+=$(REQUIRE_UNITSDIR)
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGESDIR
+override PACKAGESDIR+=$(REQUIRE_PACKAGESDIR)
+endif
+ifdef ZIPINSTALL
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_TARGET),$(UNIXs)),)
+UNIXHier=1
+endif
+else
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(UNIXs)),)
+UNIXHier=1
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef PREFIX
+INSTALL_PREFIX=$(PREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr/local
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=/pp
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+export INSTALL_PREFIX
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+export INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+endif
+ifndef DIST_DESTDIR
+DIST_DESTDIR:=$(BASEDIR)
+endif
+export DIST_DESTDIR
+ifndef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+ifdef PACKAGEDIR_MAIN
+COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=$(PACKAGEDIR_MAIN)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+COMPILER_TARGETDIR=.
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_BASEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib/fpc/$(FPC_VERSION)
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_BASEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_BINDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/bin
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/bin
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ifdef CROSSINSTALL
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(SOURCESUFFIX)
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_BINDIR:=$(INSTALL_BINDIR)/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_UNITDIR
+INSTALL_UNITDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef PACKAGE_NAME
+INSTALL_UNITDIR:=$(INSTALL_UNITDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_LIBDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+INSTALL_LIBDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib
+else
+INSTALL_LIBDIR:=$(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_SOURCEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef BSDhier
+SRCPREFIXDIR=share/src
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+SRCPREFIXDIR=share/src
+else
+SRCPREFIXDIR=src
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(SRCPREFIXDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source/$(INSTALL_FPCSUBDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+else
+INSTALL_SOURCEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/source
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_DOCDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef BSDhier
+DOCPREFIXDIR=share/doc
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+DOCPREFIXDIR=share/doc
+else
+DOCPREFIXDIR=doc
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(DOCPREFIXDIR)/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/$(DOCPREFIXDIR)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/doc/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_DOCDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/doc
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR
+ifdef UNIXHier
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+ifdef BSDhier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/share/examples/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_DOCDIR)/examples
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/doc/fpc-$(FPC_VERSION)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifdef BSDhier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/share/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+else
+ifdef linuxHier
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_DOCDIR)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/doc/$(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+else
+ifdef INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/examples/$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+else
+INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR:=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/examples
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_DATADIR
+INSTALL_DATADIR=$(INSTALL_BASEDIR)
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL_SHAREDDIR
+INSTALL_SHAREDDIR=$(INSTALL_PREFIX)/lib
+endif
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ifndef CROSSBINDIR
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(CROSSTARGETDIR)/bin/$(SOURCESUFFIX))
+ifeq ($(CROSSBINDIR),)
+CROSSBINDIR:=$(wildcard $(INSTALL_BASEDIR)/cross/$(TARGETSUFFIX)/bin/$(FULL_SOURCE))
+endif
+endif
+else
+CROSSBINDIR=
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),linux)
+ifndef GCCLIBDIR
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+ifneq ($(findstring x86_64,$(shell uname -a)),)
+ifeq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `gcc -m32 -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),powerpc64)
+ifeq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `gcc -m64 -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef GCCLIBDIR
+CROSSGCC=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /$(BINUTILSPREFIX)gcc$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifneq ($(CROSSGCC),)
+GCCLIBDIR:=$(shell dirname `$(CROSSGCC) -print-libgcc-file-name`)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef OTHERLIBDIR
+OTHERLIBDIR:=$(shell grep -v "^\#" /etc/ld.so.conf | awk '{ ORS=" "; print $1 }')
+endif
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),netbsd)
+OTHERLIBDIR+=/usr/pkg/lib
+endif
+export GCCLIBDIR OTHERLIB
+endif
+BATCHEXT=.bat
+LOADEREXT=.as
+EXEEXT=.exe
+PPLEXT=.ppl
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so
+SHAREDLIBPREFIX=libfp
+STATICLIBPREFIX=libp
+IMPORTLIBPREFIX=libimp
+RSTEXT=.rst
+ifeq ($(findstring 1.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v1)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=v1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=dos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),watcom)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+OEXT=.obj
+ASMEXT=.asm
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=wat
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=lnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),freebsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=fbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=nbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),openbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=obs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=w32
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),os2)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+AOUTEXT=.out
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=os2
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),emx)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+AOUTEXT=.out
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=emx
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),amiga)
+EXEEXT=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=amg
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),morphos)
+EXEEXT=
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=mos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),atari)
+EXEEXT=.ttp
+SHORTSUFFIX=ata
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),beos)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=be
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),solaris)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=sun
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),qnx)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=qnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netware)
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=nw
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netwlibc)
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=nwl
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),macos)
+BATCHEXT=
+EXEEXT=
+DEBUGSYMEXT=.xcoff
+SHORTSUFFIX=mac
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),darwin)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=dwn
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),gba)
+EXEEXT=.gba
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so
+SHORTSUFFIX=gba
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),symbian)
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=symbian
+endif
+else
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v1)
+PPUEXT=.pp1
+OEXT=.o1
+ASMEXT=.s1
+SMARTEXT=.sl1
+STATICLIBEXT=.a1
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.so1
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=v1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=dos
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),watcom)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+SHORTSUFFIX=wat
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=lnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),freebsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=fbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=nbs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),openbsd)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+EXEEXT=
+HASSHAREDLIB=1
+SHORTSUFFIX=obs
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+PPUEXT=.ppw
+OEXT=.ow
+ASMEXT=.sw
+SMARTEXT=.slw
+STATICLIBEXT=.aw
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=w32
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),os2)
+BATCHEXT=.cmd
+PPUEXT=.ppo
+ASMEXT=.so2
+OEXT=.oo2
+AOUTEXT=.out
+SMARTEXT=.sl2
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+STATICLIBEXT=.ao2
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.dll
+SHORTSUFFIX=os2
+ECHO=echo
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),amiga)
+EXEEXT=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.library
+SHORTSUFFIX=amg
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),atari)
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=.ttp
+SHORTSUFFIX=ata
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),beos)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=be
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),solaris)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=sun
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),qnx)
+BATCHEXT=.sh
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+SHORTSUFFIX=qnx
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netware)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.nlm
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+SHORTSUFFIX=nw
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),netwlibc)
+STATICLIBPREFIX=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+OEXT=.o
+ASMEXT=.s
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+SHAREDLIBEXT=.nlm
+EXEEXT=.nlm
+SHORTSUFFIX=nwl
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),macos)
+BATCHEXT=
+PPUEXT=.ppu
+ASMEXT=.s
+OEXT=.o
+SMARTEXT=.sl
+STATICLIBEXT=.a
+EXEEXT=
+DEBUGSYMEXT=.xcoff
+SHORTSUFFIX=mac
+endif
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(OS_SOURCE),$(LIMIT83fs)),)
+FPCMADE=fpcmade.$(SHORTSUFFIX)
+ZIPSUFFIX=$(SHORTSUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=
+ZIPSOURCESUFFIX=src
+ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX=exm
+else
+FPCMADE=fpcmade.$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ZIPSOURCESUFFIX=.source
+ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX=.examples
+ifdef CROSSCOMPILE
+ZIPSUFFIX=.$(SOURCESUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=$(TARGETSUFFIX)-
+else
+ZIPSUFFIX=.$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+ZIPCROSSPREFIX=
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ECHO
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gecho$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /echo$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ECHO),)
+ECHO= __missing_command_ECHO
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+else
+ECHO:=$(firstword $(ECHO))
+endif
+endif
+export ECHO
+ifndef DATE
+DATE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gdate$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(DATE),)
+DATE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /date$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(DATE),)
+DATE= __missing_command_DATE
+else
+DATE:=$(firstword $(DATE))
+endif
+else
+DATE:=$(firstword $(DATE))
+endif
+endif
+export DATE
+ifndef GINSTALL
+GINSTALL:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ginstall$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(GINSTALL),)
+GINSTALL:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /install$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(GINSTALL),)
+GINSTALL= __missing_command_GINSTALL
+else
+GINSTALL:=$(firstword $(GINSTALL))
+endif
+else
+GINSTALL:=$(firstword $(GINSTALL))
+endif
+endif
+export GINSTALL
+ifndef CPPROG
+CPPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /cp$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(CPPROG),)
+CPPROG= __missing_command_CPPROG
+else
+CPPROG:=$(firstword $(CPPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export CPPROG
+ifndef RMPROG
+RMPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rm$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(RMPROG),)
+RMPROG= __missing_command_RMPROG
+else
+RMPROG:=$(firstword $(RMPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export RMPROG
+ifndef MVPROG
+MVPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /mv$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MVPROG),)
+MVPROG= __missing_command_MVPROG
+else
+MVPROG:=$(firstword $(MVPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export MVPROG
+ifndef MKDIRPROG
+MKDIRPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gmkdir$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MKDIRPROG),)
+MKDIRPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /mkdir$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(MKDIRPROG),)
+MKDIRPROG= __missing_command_MKDIRPROG
+else
+MKDIRPROG:=$(firstword $(MKDIRPROG))
+endif
+else
+MKDIRPROG:=$(firstword $(MKDIRPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export MKDIRPROG
+ifndef ECHOREDIR
+ifndef inUnix
+ECHOREDIR=echo
+else
+ECHOREDIR=$(ECHO)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef COPY
+COPY:=$(CPPROG) -fp
+endif
+ifndef COPYTREE
+COPYTREE:=$(CPPROG) -Rfp
+endif
+ifndef MKDIRTREE
+MKDIRTREE:=$(MKDIRPROG) -p
+endif
+ifndef MOVE
+MOVE:=$(MVPROG) -f
+endif
+ifndef DEL
+DEL:=$(RMPROG) -f
+endif
+ifndef DELTREE
+DELTREE:=$(RMPROG) -rf
+endif
+ifndef INSTALL
+ifdef inUnix
+INSTALL:=$(GINSTALL) -c -m 644
+else
+INSTALL:=$(COPY)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef INSTALLEXE
+ifdef inUnix
+INSTALLEXE:=$(GINSTALL) -c -m 755
+else
+INSTALLEXE:=$(COPY)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef MKDIR
+MKDIR:=$(GINSTALL) -m 755 -d
+endif
+export ECHOREDIR COPY COPYTREE MOVE DEL DELTREE INSTALL INSTALLEXE MKDIR
+ifndef PPUMOVE
+PPUMOVE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /ppumove$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(PPUMOVE),)
+PPUMOVE= __missing_command_PPUMOVE
+else
+PPUMOVE:=$(firstword $(PPUMOVE))
+endif
+endif
+export PPUMOVE
+ifndef FPCMAKE
+FPCMAKE:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /fpcmake$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(FPCMAKE),)
+FPCMAKE= __missing_command_FPCMAKE
+else
+FPCMAKE:=$(firstword $(FPCMAKE))
+endif
+endif
+export FPCMAKE
+ifndef ZIPPROG
+ZIPPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /zip$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(ZIPPROG),)
+ZIPPROG= __missing_command_ZIPPROG
+else
+ZIPPROG:=$(firstword $(ZIPPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export ZIPPROG
+ifndef TARPROG
+TARPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /gtar$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(TARPROG),)
+TARPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /tar$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(TARPROG),)
+TARPROG= __missing_command_TARPROG
+else
+TARPROG:=$(firstword $(TARPROG))
+endif
+else
+TARPROG:=$(firstword $(TARPROG))
+endif
+endif
+export TARPROG
+ASNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)as
+LDNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)ld
+ARNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)ar
+RCNAME=$(BINUTILSPREFIX)rc
+ifneq ($(findstring 1.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+ifeq ($(CROSSBINDIR),)
+ASNAME=asw
+LDNAME=ldw
+ARNAME=arw
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ASPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+ASPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(ASNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+ASPROG=$(ASNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef LDPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+LDPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(LDNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+LDPROG=$(LDNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef RCPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+RCPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(RCNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+RCPROG=$(RCNAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ARPROG
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+ARPROG=$(CROSSBINDIR)/$(ARNAME)$(SRCEXEEXT)
+else
+ARPROG=$(ARNAME)
+endif
+endif
+AS=$(ASPROG)
+LD=$(LDPROG)
+RC=$(RCPROG)
+AR=$(ARPROG)
+PPAS=ppas$(SRCBATCHEXT)
+ifdef inUnix
+LDCONFIG=ldconfig
+else
+LDCONFIG=
+endif
+ifdef DATE
+DATESTR:=$(shell $(DATE) +%Y%m%d)
+else
+DATESTR=
+endif
+ifndef UPXPROG
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),go32v2)
+UPXPROG:=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),win32)
+UPXPROG:=1
+endif
+ifdef UPXPROG
+UPXPROG:=$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /upx$(SRCEXEEXT),$(SEARCHPATH))))
+ifeq ($(UPXPROG),)
+UPXPROG=
+else
+UPXPROG:=$(firstword $(UPXPROG))
+endif
+else
+UPXPROG=
+endif
+endif
+export UPXPROG
+ZIPOPT=-9
+ZIPEXT=.zip
+ifeq ($(USETAR),bz2)
+TAROPT=vj
+TAREXT=.tar.bz2
+else
+TAROPT=vz
+TAREXT=.tar.gz
+endif
+override REQUIRE_PACKAGES=rtl pthreads x11
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-go32v2)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-win32)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-os2)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-beos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-solaris)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-qnx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netware)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-openbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wdosx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-emx)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-watcom)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-netwlibc)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-wince)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),i386-symbian)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-amiga)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-atari)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-openbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-palmos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),m68k-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-amiga)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-macos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-morphos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-netbsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-solaris)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),sparc-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-freebsd)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-win64)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),x86_64-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-palmos)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-wince)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-gba)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-nds)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),arm-symbian)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-linux)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-darwin)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(FULL_TARGET),powerpc64-embedded)
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS=1
+REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11=1
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGES_RTL
+PACKAGEDIR_RTL:=$(firstword $(subst /Makefile.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rtl/Makefile.fpc,$(PACKAGESDIR))))))
+ifneq ($(PACKAGEDIR_RTL),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)),)
+UNITDIR_RTL=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+UNITDIR_RTL=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)
+endif
+ifdef CHECKDEPEND
+$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/$(FPCMADE):
+	$(MAKE) -C $(PACKAGEDIR_RTL) $(FPCMADE)
+override ALLDEPENDENCIES+=$(PACKAGEDIR_RTL)/$(FPCMADE)
+endif
+else
+PACKAGEDIR_RTL=
+UNITDIR_RTL:=$(subst /Package.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /rtl/Package.fpc,$(UNITSDIR)))))
+ifneq ($(UNITDIR_RTL),)
+UNITDIR_RTL:=$(firstword $(UNITDIR_RTL))
+else
+UNITDIR_RTL=
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR_RTL
+override COMPILER_UNITDIR+=$(UNITDIR_RTL)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGES_PTHREADS
+PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS:=$(firstword $(subst /Makefile.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pthreads/Makefile.fpc,$(PACKAGESDIR))))))
+ifneq ($(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)),)
+UNITDIR_PTHREADS=$(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+UNITDIR_PTHREADS=$(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS)
+endif
+ifdef CHECKDEPEND
+$(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS)/$(FPCMADE):
+	$(MAKE) -C $(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS) $(FPCMADE)
+override ALLDEPENDENCIES+=$(PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS)/$(FPCMADE)
+endif
+else
+PACKAGEDIR_PTHREADS=
+UNITDIR_PTHREADS:=$(subst /Package.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /pthreads/Package.fpc,$(UNITSDIR)))))
+ifneq ($(UNITDIR_PTHREADS),)
+UNITDIR_PTHREADS:=$(firstword $(UNITDIR_PTHREADS))
+else
+UNITDIR_PTHREADS=
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR_PTHREADS
+override COMPILER_UNITDIR+=$(UNITDIR_PTHREADS)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef REQUIRE_PACKAGES_X11
+PACKAGEDIR_X11:=$(firstword $(subst /Makefile.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /x11/Makefile.fpc,$(PACKAGESDIR))))))
+ifneq ($(PACKAGEDIR_X11),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(PACKAGEDIR_X11)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)),)
+UNITDIR_X11=$(PACKAGEDIR_X11)/units/$(TARGETSUFFIX)
+else
+UNITDIR_X11=$(PACKAGEDIR_X11)
+endif
+ifdef CHECKDEPEND
+$(PACKAGEDIR_X11)/$(FPCMADE):
+	$(MAKE) -C $(PACKAGEDIR_X11) $(FPCMADE)
+override ALLDEPENDENCIES+=$(PACKAGEDIR_X11)/$(FPCMADE)
+endif
+else
+PACKAGEDIR_X11=
+UNITDIR_X11:=$(subst /Package.fpc,,$(strip $(wildcard $(addsuffix /x11/Package.fpc,$(UNITSDIR)))))
+ifneq ($(UNITDIR_X11),)
+UNITDIR_X11:=$(firstword $(UNITDIR_X11))
+else
+UNITDIR_X11=
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR_X11
+override COMPILER_UNITDIR+=$(UNITDIR_X11)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef NOCPUDEF
+override FPCOPTDEF=$(CPU_TARGET)
+endif
+ifneq ($(OS_TARGET),$(OS_SOURCE))
+override FPCOPT+=-T$(OS_TARGET)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CPU_TARGET),$(CPU_SOURCE))
+override FPCOPT+=-P$(CPU_TARGET)
+endif
+ifeq ($(OS_SOURCE),openbsd)
+override FPCOPT+=-FD$(NEW_BINUTILS_PATH)
+endif
+ifndef CROSSBOOTSTRAP
+ifneq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+override FPCOPT+=-XP$(BINUTILSPREFIX)
+endif
+ifneq ($(BINUTILSPREFIX),)
+override FPCOPT+=-Xr$(RLINKPATH)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef UNITDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fu,$(UNITDIR))
+endif
+ifdef LIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(LIBDIR))
+endif
+ifdef OBJDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fo,$(OBJDIR))
+endif
+ifdef INCDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fi,$(INCDIR))
+endif
+ifdef LINKSMART
+override FPCOPT+=-XX
+endif
+ifdef CREATESMART
+override FPCOPT+=-CX
+endif
+ifdef DEBUG
+override FPCOPT+=-gl
+override FPCOPTDEF+=DEBUG
+endif
+ifdef RELEASE
+ifneq ($(findstring 2.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+FPCCPUOPT:=-OG2p3
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),powerpc)
+FPCCPUOPT:=-O1r
+endif
+else
+FPCCPUOPT:=-O2
+endif
+override FPCOPT+=-Ur -Xs $(FPCCPUOPT) -n
+override FPCOPTDEF+=RELEASE
+endif
+ifdef STRIP
+override FPCOPT+=-Xs
+endif
+ifdef OPTIMIZE
+override FPCOPT+=-O2
+endif
+ifdef VERBOSE
+override FPCOPT+=-vwni
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_OPTIONS
+override FPCOPT+=$(COMPILER_OPTIONS)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fu,$(COMPILER_UNITDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_LIBRARYDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(COMPILER_LIBRARYDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_OBJECTDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fo,$(COMPILER_OBJECTDIR))
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fi,$(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR))
+endif
+ifdef CROSSBINDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FD$(CROSSBINDIR)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FE$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+ifeq ($(COMPILER_TARGETDIR),.)
+override TARGETDIRPREFIX=
+else
+override TARGETDIRPREFIX=$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)/
+endif
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-FU$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+ifeq ($(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR),.)
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=
+else
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/
+endif
+else
+ifdef COMPILER_TARGETDIR
+override COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR=$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+override UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX=$(TARGETDIRPREFIX)
+endif
+endif
+ifdef CREATESHARED
+override FPCOPT+=-Cg
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),i386)
+override FPCOPT+=-Aas
+endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(findstring 2.0.,$(FPC_VERSION)),)
+ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),linux)
+ifeq ($(CPU_TARGET),x86_64)
+override FPCOPT+=-Cg
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef LINKSHARED
+endif
+ifdef GCCLIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=-Fl$(GCCLIBDIR)
+endif
+ifdef OTHERLIBDIR
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -Fl,$(OTHERLIBDIR))
+endif
+ifdef OPT
+override FPCOPT+=$(OPT)
+endif
+ifdef FPCOPTDEF
+override FPCOPT+=$(addprefix -d,$(FPCOPTDEF))
+endif
+ifdef CFGFILE
+override FPCOPT+=@$(CFGFILE)
+endif
+ifdef USEENV
+override FPCEXTCMD:=$(FPCOPT)
+override FPCOPT:=!FPCEXTCMD
+export FPCEXTCMD
+endif
+override AFULL_TARGET=$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET)
+override AFULL_SOURCE=$(CPU_SOURCE)-$(OS_SOURCE)
+ifneq ($(AFULL_TARGET),$(AFULL_SOURCE))
+override ACROSSCOMPILE=1
+endif
+ifdef ACROSSCOMPILE
+override FPCOPT+=$(CROSSOPT)
+endif
+override COMPILER:=$(FPC) $(FPCOPT)
+ifeq (,$(findstring -s ,$(COMPILER)))
+EXECPPAS=
+else
+ifeq ($(FULL_SOURCE),$(FULL_TARGET))
+ifdef RUNBATCH
+EXECPPAS:=@$(RUNBATCH) $(PPAS)
+else
+EXECPPAS:=@$(PPAS)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_units
+ifneq ($(TARGET_UNITS)$(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS),)
+override ALLTARGET+=fpc_units
+override UNITPPUFILES=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(TARGET_UNITS))
+override IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS))
+override INSTALLPPUFILES+=$(UNITPPUFILES) $(IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES)
+override CLEANPPUFILES+=$(UNITPPUFILES) $(IMPLICITUNITPPUFILES)
+endif
+fpc_units: $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR) $(UNITPPUFILES)
+ifdef TARGET_RSTS
+override RSTFILES=$(addsuffix $(RSTEXT),$(TARGET_RSTS))
+override CLEANRSTFILES+=$(RSTFILES)
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_all fpc_smart fpc_debug fpc_release fpc_shared
+$(FPCMADE): $(ALLDEPENDENCIES) $(ALLTARGET)
+	@$(ECHOREDIR) Compiled > $(FPCMADE)
+fpc_all: $(FPCMADE)
+fpc_smart:
+	$(MAKE) all LINKSMART=1 CREATESMART=1
+fpc_debug:
+	$(MAKE) all DEBUG=1
+fpc_release:
+	$(MAKE) all RELEASE=1
+.SUFFIXES: $(EXEEXT) $(PPUEXT) $(OEXT) .pas .lpr .dpr .pp .rc .res
+$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR):
+	$(MKDIRTREE) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+$(COMPILER_TARGETDIR):
+	$(MKDIRTREE) $(COMPILER_TARGETDIR)
+%$(PPUEXT): %.pp
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(PPUEXT): %.pas
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.pp
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.pas
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.lpr
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%$(EXEEXT): %.dpr
+	$(COMPILER) $<
+	$(EXECPPAS)
+%.res: %.rc
+	windres -i $< -o $@
+vpath %.pp $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.pas $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.lpr $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.dpr $(COMPILER_SOURCEDIR) $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %.inc $(COMPILER_INCLUDEDIR)
+vpath %$(OEXT) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+vpath %$(PPUEXT) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+.PHONY: fpc_shared
+override INSTALLTARGET+=fpc_shared_install
+ifndef SHARED_LIBVERSION
+SHARED_LIBVERSION=$(FPC_VERSION)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_LIBNAME
+SHARED_LIBNAME=$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_FULLNAME
+SHARED_FULLNAME=$(SHAREDLIBPREFIX)$(SHARED_LIBNAME)-$(SHARED_LIBVERSION)$(SHAREDLIBEXT)
+endif
+ifndef SHARED_LIBUNITS
+SHARED_LIBUNITS:=$(TARGET_UNITS) $(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS)
+override SHARED_LIBUNITS:=$(filter-out $(INSTALL_BUILDUNIT),$(SHARED_LIBUNITS))
+endif
+fpc_shared:
+ifdef HASSHAREDLIB
+	$(MAKE) all CREATESHARED=1 LINKSHARED=1 CREATESMART=1
+ifneq ($(SHARED_BUILD),n)
+	$(PPUMOVE) -q $(SHARED_LIBUNITS) -i$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR) -o$(SHARED_FULLNAME) -d$(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)
+endif
+else
+	@$(ECHO) Shared Libraries not supported
+endif
+fpc_shared_install:
+ifneq ($(SHARED_BUILD),n)
+ifneq ($(SHARED_LIBUNITS),)
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/$(SHARED_FULLNAME)),)
+	$(INSTALL) $(COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR)/$(SHARED_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_SHAREDDIR)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_install fpc_sourceinstall fpc_exampleinstall
+ifdef INSTALL_UNITS
+override INSTALLPPUFILES+=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(INSTALL_UNITS))
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_BUILDUNIT
+override INSTALLPPUFILES:=$(filter-out $(INSTALL_BUILDUNIT)$(PPUEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES))
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLPPUFILES
+override INSTALLPPULINKFILES:=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(OEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES)) $(addprefix $(STATICLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES))) $(addprefix $(IMPORTLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(INSTALLPPUFILES)))
+ifneq ($(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),)
+override INSTALLPPUFILES:=$(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLPPUFILES)))
+override INSTALLPPULINKFILES:=$(wildcard $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLPPULINKFILES))))
+endif
+override INSTALL_CREATEPACKAGEFPC=1
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLEXEFILES
+ifneq ($(TARGETDIRPREFIX),)
+override INSTALLEXEFILES:=$(addprefix $(TARGETDIRPREFIX),$(notdir $(INSTALLEXEFILES)))
+endif
+endif
+fpc_install: all $(INSTALLTARGET)
+ifdef INSTALLEXEFILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+ifdef UPXPROG
+	-$(UPXPROG) $(INSTALLEXEFILES)
+endif
+	$(INSTALLEXE) $(INSTALLEXEFILES) $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_CREATEPACKAGEFPC
+ifdef FPCMAKE
+ifdef PACKAGE_VERSION
+ifneq ($(wildcard Makefile.fpc),)
+	$(FPCMAKE) -p -T$(CPU_TARGET)-$(OS_TARGET) Makefile.fpc
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) Package.fpc $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALLPPUFILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALLPPUFILES) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+ifneq ($(INSTALLPPULINKFILES),)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALLPPULINKFILES) $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+endif
+ifneq ($(wildcard $(LIB_FULLNAME)),)
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(LIB_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+ifdef inUnix
+	ln -sf $(LIB_FULLNAME) $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)/$(LIB_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+endif
+ifdef INSTALL_FILES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_FILES) $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+endif
+fpc_sourceinstall: distclean
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+	$(COPYTREE) $(BASEDIR)/* $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+fpc_exampleinstall: $(addsuffix _distclean,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+ifdef HASEXAMPLES
+	$(MKDIR) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+ifdef EXAMPLESOURCEFILES
+	$(COPY) $(EXAMPLESOURCEFILES) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+ifdef TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS
+	$(COPYTREE) $(addsuffix /*,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS)) $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+endif
+.PHONY: fpc_distinstall
+fpc_distinstall: install exampleinstall
+.PHONY: fpc_zipinstall fpc_zipsourceinstall fpc_zipexampleinstall
+ifndef PACKDIR
+ifndef inUnix
+PACKDIR=$(BASEDIR)/../fpc-pack
+else
+PACKDIR=/tmp/fpc-pack
+endif
+endif
+ifndef ZIPNAME
+ifdef DIST_ZIPNAME
+ZIPNAME=$(DIST_ZIPNAME)
+else
+ZIPNAME=$(PACKAGE_NAME)
+endif
+endif
+ifndef FULLZIPNAME
+FULLZIPNAME=$(ZIPCROSSPREFIX)$(ZIPPREFIX)$(ZIPNAME)$(ZIPSUFFIX)
+endif
+ifndef ZIPTARGET
+ifdef DIST_ZIPTARGET
+ZIPTARGET=DIST_ZIPTARGET
+else
+ZIPTARGET=install
+endif
+endif
+ifndef USEZIP
+ifdef inUnix
+USETAR=1
+endif
+endif
+ifndef inUnix
+USEZIPWRAPPER=1
+endif
+ifdef USEZIPWRAPPER
+ZIPPATHSEP=$(PATHSEP)
+ZIPWRAPPER=$(subst /,$(PATHSEP),$(DIST_DESTDIR)/fpczip$(SRCBATCHEXT))
+else
+ZIPPATHSEP=/
+endif
+ZIPCMD_CDPACK:=cd $(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(PACKDIR))
+ZIPCMD_CDBASE:=cd $(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(BASEDIR))
+ifdef USETAR
+ZIPDESTFILE:=$(DIST_DESTDIR)/$(FULLZIPNAME)$(TAREXT)
+ZIPCMD_ZIP:=$(TARPROG) cf$(TAROPT) $(ZIPDESTFILE) *
+else
+ZIPDESTFILE:=$(DIST_DESTDIR)/$(FULLZIPNAME)$(ZIPEXT)
+ZIPCMD_ZIP:=$(subst /,$(ZIPPATHSEP),$(ZIPPROG)) -Dr $(ZIPOPT) $(ZIPDESTFILE) *
+endif
+fpc_zipinstall:
+	$(MAKE) $(ZIPTARGET) INSTALL_PREFIX=$(PACKDIR) ZIPINSTALL=1
+	$(MKDIR) $(DIST_DESTDIR)
+	$(DEL) $(ZIPDESTFILE)
+ifdef USEZIPWRAPPER
+ifneq ($(ECHOREDIR),echo)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_CDPACK))" > $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_ZIP))" >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	$(ECHOREDIR) -e "$(subst \,\\,$(ZIPCMD_CDBASE))" >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_CDPACK) > $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_ZIP) >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+	echo $(ZIPCMD_CDBASE) >> $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+endif
+ifdef inUnix
+	/bin/sh $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+ifdef RUNBATCH
+	$(RUNBATCH) (ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	$(ZIPWRAPPER)
+endif
+endif
+	$(DEL) $(ZIPWRAPPER)
+else
+	$(ZIPCMD_CDPACK) ; $(ZIPCMD_ZIP) ; $(ZIPCMD_CDBASE)
+endif
+	$(DELTREE) $(PACKDIR)
+fpc_zipsourceinstall:
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=sourceinstall ZIPSUFFIX=$(ZIPSOURCESUFFIX)
+fpc_zipexampleinstall:
+ifdef HASEXAMPLES
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=exampleinstall ZIPSUFFIX=$(ZIPEXAMPLESUFFIX)
+endif
+fpc_zipdistinstall:
+	$(MAKE) fpc_zipinstall ZIPTARGET=distinstall
+.PHONY: fpc_clean fpc_cleanall fpc_distclean
+ifdef EXEFILES
+override CLEANEXEFILES:=$(addprefix $(TARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANEXEFILES))
+endif
+ifdef CLEAN_UNITS
+override CLEANPPUFILES+=$(addsuffix $(PPUEXT),$(CLEAN_UNITS))
+endif
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES:=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(OEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES)) $(addprefix $(STATICLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES))) $(addprefix $(IMPORTLIBPREFIX),$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(STATICLIBEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES)))
+ifdef DEBUGSYMEXT
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES+=$(subst $(PPUEXT),$(DEBUGSYMEXT),$(CLEANPPUFILES))
+endif
+override CLEANPPUFILES:=$(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANPPUFILES))
+override CLEANPPULINKFILES:=$(wildcard $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANPPULINKFILES)))
+endif
+fpc_clean: $(CLEANTARGET)
+ifdef CLEANEXEFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANEXEFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPUFILES)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CLEANPPULINKFILES),)
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPULINKFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANRSTFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANRSTFILES))
+endif
+ifdef CLEAN_FILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+endif
+ifdef LIB_NAME
+	-$(DEL) $(LIB_NAME) $(LIB_FULLNAME)
+endif
+	-$(DEL) $(FPCMADE) Package.fpc $(PPAS) script.res link.res $(FPCEXTFILE) $(REDIRFILE)
+	-$(DEL) *$(ASMEXT) *_ppas$(BATCHEXT)
+fpc_cleanall: $(CLEANTARGET)
+ifdef CLEANEXEFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANEXEFILES)
+endif
+ifdef COMPILER_UNITTARGETDIR
+ifdef CLEANPPUFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPUFILES)
+endif
+ifneq ($(CLEANPPULINKFILES),)
+	-$(DEL) $(CLEANPPULINKFILES)
+endif
+ifdef CLEANRSTFILES
+	-$(DEL) $(addprefix $(UNITTARGETDIRPREFIX),$(CLEANRSTFILES))
+endif
+endif
+	-$(DELTREE) units
+	-$(DEL) *$(OEXT) *$(PPUEXT) *$(RSTEXT) *$(ASMEXT) *$(STATICLIBEXT) *$(SHAREDLIBEXT) *$(PPLEXT)
+ifneq ($(PPUEXT),.ppu)
+	-$(DEL) *.o *.ppu *.a
+endif
+	-$(DELTREE) *$(SMARTEXT)
+	-$(DEL) fpcmade.* Package.fpc $(PPAS) script.res link.res $(FPCEXTFILE) $(REDIRFILE)
+	-$(DEL) *_ppas$(BATCHEXT)
+ifdef AOUTEXT
+	-$(DEL) *$(AOUTEXT)
+endif
+ifdef DEBUGSYMEXT
+	-$(DEL) *$(DEBUGSYMEXT)
+endif
+fpc_distclean: cleanall
+.PHONY: fpc_baseinfo
+override INFORULES+=fpc_baseinfo
+fpc_baseinfo:
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Package info ==
+	@$(ECHO)  Package Name..... $(PACKAGE_NAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  Package Version.. $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Configuration info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPC.......... $(FPC)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPC Version.. $(FPC_VERSION)
+	@$(ECHO)  Source CPU... $(CPU_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target CPU... $(CPU_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  Source OS.... $(OS_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target OS.... $(OS_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  Full Source.. $(FULL_SOURCE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Full Target.. $(FULL_TARGET)
+	@$(ECHO)  SourceSuffix. $(SOURCESUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  TargetSuffix. $(TARGETSUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Directory info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Required pkgs... $(REQUIRE_PACKAGES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Basedir......... $(BASEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPCDir.......... $(FPCDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  CrossBinDir..... $(CROSSBINDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  UnitsDir........ $(UNITSDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  PackagesDir..... $(PACKAGESDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  GCC library..... $(GCCLIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Other library... $(OTHERLIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Tools info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  As........ $(AS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Ld........ $(LD)
+	@$(ECHO)  Ar........ $(AR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Rc........ $(RC)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Mv........ $(MVPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Cp........ $(CPPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Rm........ $(RMPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  GInstall.. $(GINSTALL)
+	@$(ECHO)  Echo...... $(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Shell..... $(SHELL)
+	@$(ECHO)  Date...... $(DATE)
+	@$(ECHO)  FPCMake... $(FPCMAKE)
+	@$(ECHO)  PPUMove... $(PPUMOVE)
+	@$(ECHO)  Upx....... $(UPXPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)  Zip....... $(ZIPPROG)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Object info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Loaders........ $(TARGET_LOADERS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Units.......... $(TARGET_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Implicit Units. $(TARGET_IMPLICITUNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Programs....... $(TARGET_PROGRAMS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Dirs........... $(TARGET_DIRS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target Examples....... $(TARGET_EXAMPLES)
+	@$(ECHO)  Target ExampleDirs.... $(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Clean Units......... $(CLEAN_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Clean Files......... $(CLEAN_FILES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install Units....... $(INSTALL_UNITS)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install Files....... $(INSTALL_FILES)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  == Install info ==
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  DateStr.............. $(DATESTR)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipName.............. $(ZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipPrefix............ $(ZIPPREFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipCrossPrefix....... $(ZIPCROSSPREFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  ZipSuffix............ $(ZIPSUFFIX)
+	@$(ECHO)  FullZipName.......... $(FULLZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install FPC Package.. $(INSTALL_FPCPACKAGE)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install base dir..... $(INSTALL_BASEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install binary dir... $(INSTALL_BINDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install library dir.. $(INSTALL_LIBDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install units dir.... $(INSTALL_UNITDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install source dir... $(INSTALL_SOURCEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install doc dir...... $(INSTALL_DOCDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install example dir.. $(INSTALL_EXAMPLEDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Install data dir..... $(INSTALL_DATADIR)
+	@$(ECHO)
+	@$(ECHO)  Dist destination dir. $(DIST_DESTDIR)
+	@$(ECHO)  Dist zip name........ $(DIST_ZIPNAME)
+	@$(ECHO)
+.PHONY: fpc_info
+fpc_info: $(INFORULES)
+.PHONY: fpc_makefile fpc_makefiles fpc_makefile_sub1 fpc_makefile_sub2 \
+	fpc_makefile_dirs
+fpc_makefile:
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) Makefile.fpc
+fpc_makefile_sub1:
+ifdef TARGET_DIRS
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) $(addsuffix /Makefile.fpc,$(TARGET_DIRS))
+endif
+ifdef TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS
+	$(FPCMAKE) -w -T$(OS_TARGET) $(addsuffix /Makefile.fpc,$(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+endif
+fpc_makefile_sub2: $(addsuffix _makefile_dirs,$(TARGET_DIRS) $(TARGET_EXAMPLEDIRS))
+fpc_makefile_dirs: fpc_makefile_sub1 fpc_makefile_sub2
+fpc_makefiles: fpc_makefile fpc_makefile_dirs
+all: fpc_all
+debug: fpc_debug
+smart: fpc_smart
+release: fpc_release
+units: fpc_units
+examples:
+shared: fpc_shared
+install: fpc_install
+sourceinstall: fpc_sourceinstall
+exampleinstall: fpc_exampleinstall
+distinstall: fpc_distinstall
+zipinstall: fpc_zipinstall
+zipsourceinstall: fpc_zipsourceinstall
+zipexampleinstall: fpc_zipexampleinstall
+zipdistinstall: fpc_zipdistinstall
+clean: fpc_clean
+distclean: fpc_distclean
+cleanall: fpc_cleanall
+info: fpc_info
+makefiles: fpc_makefiles
+.PHONY: all debug smart release units examples shared install sourceinstall exampleinstall distinstall zipinstall zipsourceinstall zipexampleinstall zipdistinstall clean distclean cleanall info makefiles
+ifneq ($(wildcard fpcmake.loc),)
+include fpcmake.loc
+endif
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/packages/sdl/Makefile.fpc b/packages/sdl/Makefile.fpc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55a9cf6f1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/Makefile.fpc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#
+#   Makefile.fpc for SDL bindings
+#
+
+[package]
+name=sdl
+version=1.0.0
+
+[require]
+libc=y
+packages=pthreads x11
+
+[target]
+units=sdl sdl_image sdl_mixer sdl_mixer_nosmpeg sdl_ttf sdl_gfx sdl_net smpeg logger
+units_i386_linux=sdlutils
+units_powerpc_linux=sdlutils
+units_freebsd_i386=sdlutils
+units_win32=sdlutils
+units_powerpc_darwin=sdlutils
+units_i386_darwin=sdlutils
+
+[install]
+fpcpackage=y
+
+[default]
+fpcdir=../..
+
+[compiler]
+includedir=src
+sourcedir=src tests
+
+[rules]
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/packages/sdl/README b/packages/sdl/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68c5eb7cf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/README
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Taken from project jedi (http://www.delphi-jedi.org/Jedi:TEAM_SDL_HOME) with permission.
+
+Relicensed under LGPLv2 with exception as per LGPL and LGPL.addon with permission. You can use this code as long as you abide by either the LGPL + exception license, or the original MPL-1.1 license.
+
+Currently, only SDL, SDL_Image, SDL_Mixer, SDL_gfx and SDL_ttf are compiled and installed. Additional files will be addes as I'm able to test them.
+
+SDL_mixer_nosmpeg unit was added to provide a "smpeg-less" way to use SDL_mixer if the users don't need mp3 support and don't want to depend on the somewhat rare smpeg.dll/so/dylib. Ofcourse for this to work, you need to have a libSDL setup (eg: the libs themselves) without smpeg compiled in. It's worth the trouble in windows however...
diff --git a/packages/sdl/fpmake.pp b/packages/sdl/fpmake.pp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3626bcc61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/fpmake.pp
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+{$ifndef ALLPACKAGES}
+{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
+program fpmake;
+
+uses fpmkunit;
+
+Var
+  P : TPackage;
+  T : TTarget;
+begin
+  With Installer do
+    begin
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
+
+    P:=AddPackage('sdl');
+{$ifdef ALLPACKAGES}
+    P.Directory:='sdl';
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
+    P.Version:='2.0.0';
+    P.SourcePath.Add('src');
+    P.Dependencies.Add('x11');
+    P.Dependencies.Add('pthreads');
+
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('logger.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_gfx.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_image.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_mixer_nosmpeg.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_mixer.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('smpeg');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_net.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('pthreads');
+          AddUnit('xlib');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdl_ttf.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('sdlutils.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('xlib');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+    T:=P.Targets.AddUnit('smpeg.pas');
+      with T.Dependencies do
+        begin
+          AddInclude('jedi-sdl.inc');
+          AddUnit('sdl');
+        end;
+
+{$ifndef ALLPACKAGES}
+    Run;
+    end;
+end.
+{$endif ALLPACKAGES}
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/jedi-sdl.inc b/packages/sdl/src/jedi-sdl.inc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0130ad32cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/jedi-sdl.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+{
+  $Id: jedi-sdl.inc,v 1.15 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage Exp $
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{       Global Conditional Definitions for JEDI-SDL cross-compilation          }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{  Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku <http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/>         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku are                           }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2100 Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku.                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{  Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku <http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/>         }
+{  Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{ This code has been copied from...                                            }
+{ Global Conditional Definitions for Chief's UNZIP package                     }
+{ By Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief)                            }
+{          http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   2003-04-03   DL - Initial addition                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2003-04-07   DL - Added Macro ON derective for FPC and OpenGL and removed  }
+{                WEAKPACKAGE derective. WEAKPACKAGE should be set when         }
+{                appropriate.                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2003-04-23 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy I have added      }
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief) }
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2004-01-19 - DL : Under instruction from Marco van de Voort, I have added  }
+{                     Better FPC support for FreeBSD.                          }
+{                                                                              }
+(*
+  $Log: jedi-sdl.inc,v $
+  Revision 1.15  2007/05/29 21:30:48  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.14  2007/05/20 20:29:11  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.13  2007/01/21 15:51:45  savage
+  Added Delphi 2006 support
+
+  Revision 1.12  2006/11/19 18:41:01  savage
+  removed THREADING ON flag as it is no longer needed in latest versions of FPC.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2006/01/04 00:52:41  drellis
+  Updated to include defined for ENDIAN values, SDL_BYTEORDER should now be correctly defined depending onthe platform. Code taken from sdl_mixer
+
+  Revision 1.10  2005/05/22 18:42:31  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2004/12/23 23:42:17  savage
+  Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/10/20 22:43:04  savage
+  Ensure that UNSAFE type warning are off in D9 as well
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/04/05 09:59:51  savage
+  Changes for FreePacal as suggested by Marco
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/03/31 22:18:15  savage
+  Small comment for turning off warning under GnuPascal
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/03/30 22:41:02  savage
+  Added extra commenting due to previous compiler directive
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/03/30 22:08:33  savage
+  Added Kylix Define
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/03/30 21:34:40  savage
+  {$H+} needed for FPC compatiblity
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+*)
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{.$define Debug}           { uncomment for debugging }
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+  {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+    {$I-}
+    {$W-} // turn off GPC warnings
+    {$X+}
+  {$ELSE} {__GPC__}
+    {$IFDEF Debug}
+      {$F+,D+,Q-,L+,R+,I-,S+,Y+,A+}
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$F+,Q-,R-,S-,I-,A+}
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF} {__GPC__}
+{$ELSE}  {FPC}
+  //{$M+}
+{$ENDIF} {FPC}
+
+{$IFDEF LINUX}
+{$DEFINE UNIX}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF ver70}
+   {$IFDEF Windows}
+     {$DEFINE Win16}
+   {$ENDIF Windows}
+   {$IFDEF MSDOS}
+     {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+   {$ENDIF MSDOS}
+   {$IFDEF DPMI}
+     {$DEFINE BP_DPMI}
+   {$ENDIF}
+   {$DEFINE OS_16_BIT}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+{$ENDIF ver70}
+
+{$IFDEF ver80}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 1.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi16}
+   {$DEFINE Win16}
+   {$DEFINE OS_16_BIT}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+{$ENDIF ver80}
+
+{$IFDEF ver90}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WIN32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver90}
+
+{$IFDEF ver100}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 3.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WIN32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver100}
+
+{$IFDEF ver93}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {C++ Builder 1.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver93}
+
+{$IFDEF ver110}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {C++ Builder 3.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver110}
+
+{$IFDEF ver120}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 4.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver120}
+
+{$IFDEF ver130}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 5.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver130}
+
+{$IFDEF ver140}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 6.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver140}
+
+{$IFDEF ver150}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 7.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver150}
+
+{$IFDEF ver160}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 8}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver160}
+
+{$IFDEF ver170}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2005}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver170}
+
+{$IFDEF ver180}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2006}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi10UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver180}
+
+{$IFDEF ver185}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2007}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi10UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver180}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$ifdef VER140}    // Kylix 1 & 2
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX1UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX2UP}
+    {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER150}   // Kylix 3
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX1UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX2UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX3UP}
+    {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+  {$endif}
+{$ENDIF UNIX}
+
+{$IFDEF VirtualPascal} {  Virtual Pascal 2.x }
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}    {  Use Delphi Syntax }
+   {$DEFINE VP2}
+   {&Delphi+}
+{$ENDIF VirtualPascal}
+
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+  {$DEFINE Windows}
+  {$DEFINE USE_STDCALL}
+  //{$ALIGN ON}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}          { use Delphi compatibility mode }
+  {$H+}
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}        // Added for record
+  {$MACRO ON}             // Added For OpenGL
+  {$DEFINE Delphi}
+  {$DEFINE UseAT}
+  {$UNDEF USE_STDCALL}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+  {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+     {$DEFINE fpc_unix}
+  {$ELSE}
+     {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF WIN32}
+   {$DEFINE UseWin}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF FPC}
+
+{$IFDEF Win16}
+  {$K+}   {smart callbacks}
+{$ENDIF Win16}
+
+ {$IFDEF OS2}
+    {$UNDEF Windows}
+    {$DEFINE UseWin}
+    {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+ {$ENDIF OS2}
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$UNDEF UseWin}
+  {$UNDEF USE_STDCALL}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+  {$DEFINE cdecl attribute(cdecl)}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __TMT__}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+  {$DEFINE UseAT}
+  {$IFNDEF MSDOS}
+    {$DEFINE USE_STDCALL}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF __WIN32__}
+    {$DEFINE Win32}
+    {$DEFINE UseWin}
+    {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+    {$DEFINE Win32}
+    {$IFNDEF __CON__}
+      {$DEFINE Windows}
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$A+}  // Word alignment data
+  {$OA+} // Objects and structures align
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Win32}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+{$ELSE Win32}
+  {$IFDEF ver70}
+    {$DEFINE assembler}
+  {$ENDIF} { use 16-bit assembler! }
+{$ENDIF Win32}
+
+{ ************************** dos/dos-like platforms **************}
+{$IFDEF Windows}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+   {$DEFINE UseWin}
+   {$DEFINE MSWINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF OS2}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF UseWin}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Win16}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF BP_DPMI}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF USE_STDCALL}
+   {$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+     {$DEFINE BY_NAME}
+   {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF ver70}
+  {$UNDEF assembler}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{*************** define LITTLE ENDIAN platforms ********************}
+
+
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+{$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF KYLIX}
+{$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{$IFDEF FPC_LITTLE_ENDIAN}
+{$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/libxmlparser.pas b/packages/sdl/src/libxmlparser.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63e7b7fb53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/libxmlparser.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2688 @@
+(**
+===============================================================================================
+Name    : LibXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+Project : All Projects
+===============================================================================================
+Subject : Progressive XML Parser for all types of XML Files
+===============================================================================================
+Author  : Stefan Heymann
+          Eschenweg 3
+          72076 Tübingen
+          GERMANY
+
+E-Mail:   stefan@destructor.de
+URL:      www.destructor.de
+===============================================================================================
+Source, Legals ("Licence")
+--------------------------
+The official site to get this parser is http://www.destructor.de/
+
+Usage and Distribution of this Source Code is ruled by the
+"Destructor.de Source code Licence" (DSL) which comes with this file or
+can be downloaded at http://www.destructor.de/
+
+IN SHORT: Usage and distribution of this source code is free.
+          You use it completely on your own risk.
+
+Postcardware
+------------
+If you like this code, please send a postcard of your city to my above address.
+===============================================================================================
+!!!  All parts of this code which are not finished or not conforming exactly to
+     the XmlSpec are marked with three exclamation marks
+
+-!-  Parts where the parser may be able to detect errors in the document's syntax are
+     marked with the dash-exlamation mark-dash sequence.
+===============================================================================================
+Terminology:
+------------
+- Start:   Start of a buffer part
+- Final:   End (last character) of a buffer part
+- DTD:     Document Type Definition
+- DTDc:    Document Type Declaration
+- XMLSpec: The current W3C XML Recommendation (version 1.0 as of 1998-02-10), Chapter No.
+- Cur*:    Fields concerning the "Current" part passed back by the "Scan" method
+===============================================================================================
+Scanning the XML document
+-------------------------
+- Create TXmlParser Instance                     MyXml := TXmlParser.Create;
+- Load XML Document                              MyXml.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+- Start Scanning                                 MyXml.StartScan;
+- Scan Loop                                      WHILE MyXml.Scan DO
+- Test for Part Type                               CASE MyXml.CurPartType OF
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+                                                     END;
+- Destroy                                        MyXml.Free;
+===============================================================================================
+Loading the XML document
+------------------------
+You can load the XML document from a file with the "LoadFromFile" method.
+It is beyond the scope of this parser to perform HTTP or FTP accesses. If you want your
+application to handle such requests (URLs), you can load the XML via HTTP or FTP or whatever
+protocol and hand over the data buffer using the "LoadFromBuffer" or "SetBuffer" method.
+"LoadFromBuffer" loads the internal buffer of TXmlParser with the given null-terminated
+string, thereby creating a copy of that buffer.
+"SetBuffer" just takes the pointer to another buffer, which means that the given
+buffer pointer must be valid while the document is accessed via TXmlParser.
+===============================================================================================
+Encodings:
+----------
+This XML parser kind of "understands" the following encodings:
+- UTF-8
+- ISO-8859-1
+- Windows-1252
+
+Any flavor of multi-byte characters (and this includes UTF-16) is not supported. Sorry.
+
+Every string which has to be passed to the application passes the virtual method
+"TranslateEncoding" which translates the string from the current encoding (stored in
+"CurEncoding") into the encoding the application wishes to receive.
+The "TranslateEncoding" method that is built into TXmlParser assumes that the application
+wants to receive Windows ANSI (Windows-1252, about the same as ISO-8859-1) and is able
+to convert UTF-8 and ISO-8859-1 encodings.
+For other source and target encodings, you will have to override "TranslateEncoding".
+===============================================================================================
+Buffer Handling
+---------------
+- The document must be loaded completely into a piece of RAM
+- All character positions are referenced by PChar pointers
+- The TXmlParser instance can either "own" the buffer itself (then, FBufferSize is > 0)
+  or reference the buffer of another instance or object (then, FBuffersize is 0 and
+  FBuffer is not NIL)
+- The Property DocBuffer passes back a pointer to the first byte of the document. If there
+  is no document stored (FBuffer is NIL), the DocBuffer returns a pointer to a NULL character.
+===============================================================================================
+Whitespace Handling
+-------------------
+The TXmlParser property "PackSpaces" determines how Whitespace is returned in Text Content:
+While PackSpaces is true, all leading and trailing whitespace characters are trimmed of, all
+Whitespace is converted to Space #x20 characters and contiguous Whitespace characters are
+compressed to one.
+If the "Scan" method reports a ptContent part, the application can get the original text
+with all whitespace characters by extracting the characters from "CurStart" to "CurFinal".
+If the application detects an xml:space attribute, it can set "PackSpaces" accordingly or
+use CurStart/CurFinal.
+Please note that TXmlParser does _not_ normalize Line Breaks to single LineFeed characters
+as the XmlSpec requires (XmlSpec 2.11).
+The xml:space attribute is not handled by TXmlParser. This is on behalf of the application.
+===============================================================================================
+Non-XML-Conforming
+------------------
+TXmlParser does not conform 100 % exactly to the XmlSpec:
+- UTF-16 is not supported (XmlSpec 2.2)
+  (Workaround: Convert UTF-16 to UTF-8 and hand the buffer over to TXmlParser)
+- As the parser only works with single byte strings, all Unicode characters > 255
+  can currently not be handled correctly.
+- Line breaks are not normalized to single Linefeed #x0A characters (XmlSpec 2.11)
+  (Workaround: The Application can access the text contents on its own [CurStart, CurFinal],
+  thereby applying every normalization it wishes to)
+- The attribute value normalization does not work exactly as defined in the
+  Second Edition of the XML 1.0 specification.
+- See also the code parts marked with three consecutive exclamation marks. These are
+  parts which are not finished in the current code release.
+
+This list may be incomplete, so it may grow if I get to know any other points.
+As work on the parser proceeds, this list may also shrink.
+===============================================================================================
+Things Todo
+-----------
+- Introduce a new event/callback which is called when there is an unresolvable
+  entity or character reference
+- Support Unicode
+- Use Streams instead of reading the whole XML into memory
+===============================================================================================
+Change History, Version numbers
+-------------------------------
+The Date is given in ISO Year-Month-Day (YYYY-MM-DD) order.
+Versions are counted from 1.0.0 beginning with the version from 2000-03-16.
+Unreleased versions don't get a version number.
+
+Date        Author Version Changes
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+2000-03-16  HeySt  1.0.0   Start
+2000-03-28  HeySt  1.0.1   Initial Publishing of TXmlParser on the destructor.de Web Site
+2000-03-30  HeySt  1.0.2   TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData: Call "TranslateEncoding" for CurContent
+2000-03-31  HeySt  1.0.3   Deleted the StrPosE function (was not needed anyway)
+2000-04-04  HeySt  1.0.4   TDtdElementRec modified: Start/Final for all Elements;
+                           Should be backwards compatible.
+                           AnalyzeDtdc: Set CurPartType to ptDtdc
+2000-04-23  HeySt  1.0.5   New class TObjectList. Eliminated reference to the Delphi 5
+                           "Contnrs" unit so LibXmlParser is Delphi 4 compatible.
+2000-07-03  HeySt  1.0.6   TNvpNode: Added Constructor
+2000-07-11  HeySt  1.0.7   Removed "Windows" from USES clause
+                           Added three-exclamation-mark comments for Utf8ToAnsi/AnsiToUtf8
+                           Added three-exclamation-mark comments for CHR function calls
+2000-07-23  HeySt  1.0.8   TXmlParser.Clear: CurAttr.Clear; EntityStack.Clear;
+                           (This was not a bug; just defensive programming)
+2000-07-29  HeySt  1.0.9   TNvpList: Added methods: Node(Index), Value(Index), Name(Index);
+2000-10-07  HeySt          Introduced Conditional Defines
+                           Uses Contnrs unit and its TObjectList class again for
+                           Delphi 5 and newer versions
+2001-01-30  HeySt          Introduced Version Numbering
+                           Made LoadFromFile and LoadFromBuffer BOOLEAN functions
+                           Introduced FileMode parameter for LoadFromFile
+                           BugFix: TAttrList.Analyze: Must add CWhitespace to ExtractName call
+                           Comments worked over
+2001-02-28  HeySt  1.0.10  Completely worked over and tested the UTF-8 functions
+                           Fixed a bug in TXmlParser.Scan which caused it to start over when it
+                           was called after the end of scanning, resulting in an endless loop
+                           TEntityStack is now a TObjectList instead of TList
+2001-07-03  HeySt  1.0.11  Updated Compiler Version IFDEFs for Kylix
+2001-07-11  HeySt  1.0.12  New TCustomXmlScanner component (taken over from LibXmlComps.pas)
+2001-07-14  HeySt  1.0.13  Bugfix TCustomXmlScanner.FOnTranslateEncoding
+2001-10-22  HeySt          Don't clear CurName anymore when the parser finds a CDATA section.
+2001-12-03  HeySt  1.0.14  TObjectList.Clear: Make call to INHERITED method (fixes a memory leak)
+2001-12-05  HeySt  1.0.15  TObjectList.Clear: removed call to INHERITED method
+                           TObjectList.Destroy: Inserted SetCapacity call.
+                           Reduces need for frequent re-allocation of pointer buffer
+                           Dedicated to my father, Theodor Heymann
+2002-06-26  HeySt  1.0.16  TXmlParser.Scan: Fixed a bug with PIs whose name is beginning
+                           with 'xml'. Thanks to Uwe Kamm for submitting this bug.
+                           The CurEncoding property is now always in uppercase letters (the XML
+                           spec wants it to be treated case independently so when it's uppercase
+                           comparisons are faster)
+2002-03-04  HeySt  1.0.17  Included an IFDEF for Delphi 7 (VER150) and Kylix
+                           There is a new symbol HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT which is used now to
+                           distinguish between IDEs which come with the Contnrs unit and
+                           those that don't.
+*)
+
+UNIT libxmlparser;
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+INTERFACE
+
+USES
+  SysUtils, Classes,
+  (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *)  // The Contnrs Unit was introduced in Delphi 5
+  Contnrs,
+  (*$ENDIF*)
+  Math;
+
+CONST
+  CVersion = '1.0.17';  // This variable will be updated for every release
+                        // (I hope, I won't forget to do it everytime ...)
+
+TYPE
+  TPartType    = // --- Document Part Types
+                 (ptNone,            // Nothing
+                  ptXmlProlog,       // XML Prolog                  XmlSpec 2.8 / 4.3.1
+                  ptComment,         // Comment                     XmlSpec 2.5
+                  ptPI,              // Processing Instruction      XmlSpec 2.6
+                  ptDtdc,            // Document Type Declaration   XmlSpec 2.8
+                  ptStartTag,        // Start Tag                   XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptEmptyTag,        // Empty-Element Tag           XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptEndTag,          // End Tag                     XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptContent,         // Text Content between Tags
+                  ptCData);          // CDATA Section               XmlSpec 2.7
+
+  TDtdElemType = // --- DTD Elements
+                 (deElement,         // !ELEMENT declaration
+                  deAttList,         // !ATTLIST declaration
+                  deEntity,          // !ENTITY declaration
+                  deNotation,        // !NOTATION declaration
+                  dePI,              // PI in DTD
+                  deComment,         // Comment in DTD
+                  deError);          // Error found in the DTD
+
+TYPE
+  TAttrList    = CLASS;
+  TEntityStack = CLASS;
+  TNvpList     = CLASS;
+  TElemDef     = CLASS;
+  TElemList    = CLASS;
+  TEntityDef   = CLASS;
+  TNotationDef = CLASS;
+
+  TDtdElementRec = RECORD    // --- This Record is returned by the DTD parser callback function
+                     Start, Final : PChar;                             // Start/End of the Element's Declaration
+                     CASE ElementType : TDtdElemType OF                // Type of the Element
+                       deElement,                                      // <!ELEMENT>
+                       deAttList  : (ElemDef      : TElemDef);         // <!ATTLIST>
+                       deEntity   : (EntityDef    : TEntityDef);       // <!ENTITY>
+                       deNotation : (NotationDef  : TNotationDef);     // <!NOTATION>
+                       dePI       : (Target       : PChar;             // <?PI ?>
+                                     Content      : PChar;
+                                     AttrList     : TAttrList);
+                       deError    : (Pos          : PChar);            // Error
+                       // deComment : ((No additional fields here));   // <!-- Comment -->
+                   END;
+
+  TXmlParser = CLASS                             // --- Internal Properties and Methods
+               PROTECTED
+                 FBuffer      : PChar;           // NIL if there is no buffer available
+                 FBufferSize  : INTEGER;         // 0 if the buffer is not owned by the Document instance
+                 FSource      : STRING;          // Name of Source of document. Filename for Documents loaded with LoadFromFile
+
+                 FXmlVersion  : STRING;          // XML version from Document header. Default is '1.0'
+                 FEncoding    : STRING;          // Encoding from Document header. Default is 'UTF-8'
+                 FStandalone  : BOOLEAN;         // Standalone declaration from Document header. Default is 'yes'
+                 FRootName    : STRING;          // Name of the Root Element (= DTD name)
+                 FDtdcFinal   : PChar;           // Pointer to the '>' character terminating the DTD declaration
+
+                 FNormalize   : BOOLEAN;         // If true: Pack Whitespace and don't return empty contents
+                 EntityStack  : TEntityStack;    // Entity Stack for Parameter and General Entities
+                 FCurEncoding : STRING;          // Current Encoding during parsing (always uppercase)
+
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeProlog;                                         // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);     // Analyze Comments
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzePI      (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);     // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdc;                                           // Analyze Document Type Declaration
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze DTD declarations
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeTag;                                            // Analyze Start/End/Empty-Element Tags
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeCData;                                          // Analyze CDATA Sections
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN);                    // Analyze Text Content between Tags
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeElementDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+
+                 PROCEDURE PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceGeneralEntities   (VAR Str : STRING);
+
+                 FUNCTION GetDocBuffer : PChar;  // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
+
+               PUBLIC                         // --- Document Properties
+                 PROPERTY XmlVersion : STRING  READ FXmlVersion;                 // XML version from the Document Prolog
+                 PROPERTY Encoding   : STRING  READ FEncoding;                   // Document Encoding from Prolog
+                 PROPERTY Standalone : BOOLEAN READ FStandalone;                 // Standalone Declaration from Prolog
+                 PROPERTY RootName   : STRING  READ FRootName;                   // Name of the Root Element
+                 PROPERTY Normalize  : BOOLEAN READ FNormalize WRITE FNormalize; // True if Content is to be normalized
+                 PROPERTY Source     : STRING  READ FSource;                     // Name of Document Source (Filename)
+                 PROPERTY DocBuffer  : PChar   READ GetDocBuffer;                // Returns document buffer
+               PUBLIC                         // --- DTD Objects
+                 Elements    : TElemList;     // Elements: List of TElemDef (contains Attribute Definitions)
+                 Entities    : TNvpList;      // General Entities: List of TEntityDef
+                 ParEntities : TNvpList;      // Parameter Entities: List of TEntityDef
+                 Notations   : TNvpList;      // Notations: List of TNotationDef
+               PUBLIC
+                 CONSTRUCTOR Create;
+                 DESTRUCTOR Destroy;                                      OVERRIDE;
+
+                 // --- Document Handling
+                 FUNCTION  LoadFromFile   (Filename : STRING;
+                                           FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
+                                                                          // Loads Document from given file
+                 FUNCTION  LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN;     // Loads Document from another buffer
+                 PROCEDURE SetBuffer      (Buffer : PChar);               // References another buffer
+                 PROCEDURE Clear;                                         // Clear Document
+
+               PUBLIC
+                 // --- Scanning through the document
+                 CurPartType : TPartType;                         // Current Type
+                 CurName     : STRING;                            // Current Name
+                 CurContent  : STRING;                            // Current Normalized Content
+                 CurStart    : PChar;                             // Current First character
+                 CurFinal    : PChar;                             // Current Last character
+                 CurAttr     : TAttrList;                         // Current Attribute List
+                 PROPERTY CurEncoding : STRING READ FCurEncoding; // Current Encoding
+                 PROCEDURE StartScan;
+                 FUNCTION  Scan : BOOLEAN;
+
+                 // --- Events / Callbacks
+                 FUNCTION  LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
+                                               Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;     VIRTUAL;
+                 FUNCTION  TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;     VIRTUAL;
+                 PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);        VIRTUAL;
+               END;
+
+  TValueType   = // --- Attribute Value Type
+                 (vtNormal,       // Normal specified Attribute
+                  vtImplied,      // #IMPLIED attribute value
+                  vtFixed,        // #FIXED attribute value
+                  vtDefault);     // Attribute value from default value in !ATTLIST declaration
+
+  TAttrDefault = // --- Attribute Default Type
+                 (adDefault,      // Normal default value
+                  adRequired,     // #REQUIRED attribute
+                  adImplied,      // #IMPLIED attribute
+                  adFixed);       // #FIXED attribute
+
+  TAttrType    = // --- Type of attribute
+                 (atUnknown,      // Unknown type
+                  atCData,        // Character data only
+                  atID,           // ID
+                  atIdRef,        // ID Reference
+                  atIdRefs,       // Several ID References, separated by Whitespace
+                  atEntity,       // Name of an unparsed Entity
+                  atEntities,     // Several unparsed Entity names, separated by Whitespace
+                  atNmToken,      // Name Token
+                  atNmTokens,     // Several Name Tokens, separated by Whitespace
+                  atNotation,     // A selection of Notation names (Unparsed Entity)
+                  atEnumeration); // Enumeration
+
+  TElemType    = // --- Element content type
+                 (etEmpty,        // Element is always empty
+                  etAny,          // Element can have any mixture of PCDATA and any elements
+                  etChildren,     // Element must contain only elements
+                  etMixed);       // Mixed PCDATA and elements
+
+  (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *)
+  TObjectList = Contnrs.TObjectList;    // Re-Export this identifier
+  (*$ELSE *)
+  TObjectList = CLASS (TList)
+                  DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE;
+                  PROCEDURE Delete (Index : INTEGER);
+                  PROCEDURE Clear; OVERRIDE;
+                END;
+  (*$ENDIF *)
+
+  TNvpNode  = CLASS                     // Name-Value Pair Node
+                 Name  : STRING;
+                 Value : STRING;
+                 CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheName : STRING = ''; TheValue : STRING = '');
+              END;
+
+  TNvpList  = CLASS (TObjectList)       // Name-Value Pair List
+                PROCEDURE Add   (Node  : TNvpNode);
+                FUNCTION  Node  (Name  : STRING)  : TNvpNode;  OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Node  (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode;  OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Value (Name  : STRING)  : STRING;    OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;    OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Name  (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+              END;
+
+  TAttr     = CLASS (TNvpNode)          // Attribute of a Start-Tag or Empty-Element-Tag
+                 ValueType : TValueType;
+                 AttrType  : TAttrType;
+               END;
+
+  TAttrList = CLASS (TNvpList)          // List of Attributes
+                PROCEDURE Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+              END;
+
+  TEntityStack = CLASS (TObjectList)    // Stack where current position is stored before parsing entities
+                 PROTECTED
+                   Owner : TXmlParser;
+                 PUBLIC
+                   CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
+                   PROCEDURE Push (LastPos : PChar);                      OVERLOAD;
+                   PROCEDURE Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar);  OVERLOAD;
+                   FUNCTION  Pop : PChar;         // Returns next char or NIL if EOF is reached. Frees Instance.
+                 END;
+
+  TAttrDef    = CLASS (TNvpNode)        // Represents a <!ATTLIST Definition. "Value" is the default value
+                  TypeDef     : STRING;           // Type definition from the DTD
+                  Notations   : STRING;           // Notation List, separated by pipe symbols '|'
+                  AttrType    : TAttrType;        // Attribute Type
+                  DefaultType : TAttrDefault;     // Default Type
+                END;
+
+  TElemDef    = CLASS (TNvpList)       // Represents a <!ELEMENT Definition. Is a list of TAttrDef-Nodes
+                  Name       : STRING;            // Element name
+                  ElemType   : TElemType;         // Element type
+                  Definition : STRING;            // Element definition from DTD
+                END;
+
+  TElemList   = CLASS (TObjectList)    // List of TElemDef nodes
+                  FUNCTION  Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
+                  PROCEDURE Add (Node : TElemDef);
+                END;
+
+  TEntityDef  = CLASS (TNvpNode)       // Represents a <!ENTITY Definition.
+                  SystemId     : STRING;
+                  PublicId     : STRING;
+                  NotationName : STRING;
+                END;
+
+  TNotationDef = CLASS (TNvpNode)      // Represents a <!NOTATION Definition. Value is the System ID
+                   PublicId : STRING;
+                 END;
+
+  TCharset = SET OF CHAR;
+
+
+CONST
+  CWhitespace   = [#32, #9, #13, #10];                // Whitespace characters (XmlSpec 2.3)
+  CLetter       = [#$41..#$5A, #$61..#$7A, #$C0..#$D6, #$D8..#$F6, #$F8..#$FF];
+  CDigit        = [#$30..#$39];
+  CNameChar     = CLetter + CDigit + ['.', '-', '_', ':', #$B7];
+  CNameStart    = CLetter + ['_', ':'];
+  CQuoteChar    = ['"', ''''];
+  CPubidChar    = [#32, ^M, ^J, #9, 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9',
+                   '-', '''', '(', ')', '+', ',', '.', '/', ':',
+                   '=', '?', ';', '!', '*', '#', '@', '$', '_', '%'];
+
+  CDStart       = '<![CDATA[';
+  CDEnd         = ']]>';
+
+  // --- Name Constants for the above enumeration types
+  CPartType_Name : ARRAY [TPartType] OF STRING =
+                   ('', 'XML Prolog', 'Comment', 'PI',
+                    'DTD Declaration', 'Start Tag', 'Empty Tag', 'End Tag',
+                    'Text', 'CDATA');
+  CValueType_Name   : ARRAY [TValueType]    OF STRING = ('Normal', 'Implied', 'Fixed', 'Default');
+  CAttrDefault_Name : ARRAY [TAttrDefault]  OF STRING = ('Default', 'Required', 'Implied', 'Fixed');
+  CElemType_Name    : ARRAY [TElemType]     OF STRING = ('Empty', 'Any', 'Childs only', 'Mixed');
+  CAttrType_Name    : ARRAY [TAttrType]     OF STRING = ('Unknown', 'CDATA',
+                                                         'ID', 'IDREF', 'IDREFS',
+                                                         'ENTITY', 'ENTITIES',
+                                                         'NMTOKEN', 'NMTOKENS',
+                                                         'Notation', 'Enumeration');
+
+FUNCTION  ConvertWs   (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING;          // Convert WS to spaces #x20
+PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar);  // SetString by Start/Final of buffer
+FUNCTION  StrSFPas    (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING;                    // Convert buffer part to Pascal string
+FUNCTION  TrimWs      (Source : STRING) : STRING;                          // Trim Whitespace
+
+FUNCTION  AnsiToUtf8  (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING;                            // Convert Win-1252 to UTF-8
+FUNCTION  Utf8ToAnsi  (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING;  // Convert UTF-8 to Win-1252
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TCustomXmlScanner event based component wrapper for TXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS;
+  TXmlPrologEvent   = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN) OF OBJECT;
+  TCommentEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Comment : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TPIEvent          = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList)    OF OBJECT;
+  TDtdEvent         = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; RootElementName : STRING)                           OF OBJECT;
+  TStartTagEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList)           OF OBJECT;
+  TEndTagEvent      = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TContentEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Content : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TElementEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ElemDef : TElemDef)                                 OF OBJECT;
+  TEntityEvent      = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; EntityDef : TEntityDef)                             OF OBJECT;
+  TNotationEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; NotationDef : TNotationDef)                         OF OBJECT;
+  TErrorEvent       = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ErrorPos : PChar)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TExternalEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; SystemId, PublicId, NotationId : STRING;
+                                 VAR Result : TXmlParser)                                              OF OBJECT;
+  TEncodingEvent    = FUNCTION  (Sender : TObject; CurrentEncoding, Source : STRING) : STRING          OF OBJECT;
+
+
+  TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS (TComponent)
+    PROTECTED
+      FXmlParser           : TXmlParser;
+      FOnXmlProlog         : TXmlPrologEvent;
+      FOnComment           : TCommentEvent;
+      FOnPI                : TPIEvent;
+      FOnDtdRead           : TDtdEvent;
+      FOnStartTag          : TStartTagEvent;
+      FOnEmptyTag          : TStartTagEvent;
+      FOnEndTag            : TEndTagEvent;
+      FOnContent           : TContentEvent;
+      FOnCData             : TContentEvent;
+      FOnElement           : TElementEvent;
+      FOnAttList           : TElementEvent;
+      FOnEntity            : TEntityEvent;
+      FOnNotation          : TNotationEvent;
+      FOnDtdError          : TErrorEvent;
+      FOnLoadExternal      : TExternalEvent;
+      FOnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent;
+      FStopParser          : BOOLEAN;
+      FUNCTION  GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
+      PROCEDURE SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
+
+      PROCEDURE WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN); VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenComment  (Comment : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenPI       (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);    VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenDtdRead  (RootElementName : STRING);                           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEndTag   (TagName : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenContent  (Content : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenCData    (Content : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenElement  (ElemDef : TElemDef);                                 VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenAttList  (ElemDef : TElemDef);                                 VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEntity   (EntityDef : TEntityDef);                             VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef);                         VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar);                                   VIRTUAL;
+
+    PUBLIC
+      CONSTRUCTOR Create (AOwner: TComponent); OVERRIDE;
+      DESTRUCTOR Destroy;                      OVERRIDE;
+
+      PROCEDURE LoadFromFile   (Filename : TFilename);   // Load XML Document from file
+      PROCEDURE LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar);         // Load XML Document from buffer
+      PROCEDURE SetBuffer      (Buffer : PChar);         // Refer to Buffer
+      FUNCTION  GetFilename : TFilename;
+
+      PROCEDURE Execute;                                 // Perform scanning
+
+    PROTECTED
+      PROPERTY XmlParser           : TXmlParser        READ FXmlParser;
+      PROPERTY StopParser          : BOOLEAN           READ FStopParser          WRITE FStopParser;
+      PROPERTY Filename            : TFilename         READ GetFilename          WRITE LoadFromFile;
+      PROPERTY Normalize           : BOOLEAN           READ GetNormalize         WRITE SetNormalize;
+      PROPERTY OnXmlProlog         : TXmlPrologEvent   READ FOnXmlProlog         WRITE FOnXmlProlog;
+      PROPERTY OnComment           : TCommentEvent     READ FOnComment           WRITE FOnComment;
+      PROPERTY OnPI                : TPIEvent          READ FOnPI                WRITE FOnPI;
+      PROPERTY OnDtdRead           : TDtdEvent         READ FOnDtdRead           WRITE FOnDtdRead;
+      PROPERTY OnStartTag          : TStartTagEvent    READ FOnStartTag          WRITE FOnStartTag;
+      PROPERTY OnEmptyTag          : TStartTagEvent    READ FOnEmptyTag          WRITE FOnEmptyTag;
+      PROPERTY OnEndTag            : TEndTagEvent      READ FOnEndTag            WRITE FOnEndTag;
+      PROPERTY OnContent           : TContentEvent     READ FOnContent           WRITE FOnContent;
+      PROPERTY OnCData             : TContentEvent     READ FOnCData             WRITE FOnCData;
+      PROPERTY OnElement           : TElementEvent     READ FOnElement           WRITE FOnElement;
+      PROPERTY OnAttList           : TElementEvent     READ FOnAttList           WRITE FOnAttList;
+      PROPERTY OnEntity            : TEntityEvent      READ FOnEntity            WRITE FOnEntity;
+      PROPERTY OnNotation          : TNotationEvent    READ FOnNotation          WRITE FOnNotation;
+      PROPERTY OnDtdError          : TErrorEvent       READ FOnDtdError          WRITE FOnDtdError;
+      PROPERTY OnLoadExternal      : TExternalEvent    READ FOnLoadExternal      WRITE FOnLoadExternal;
+      PROPERTY OnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent    READ FOnTranslateEncoding WRITE FOnTranslateEncoding;
+    END;
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+IMPLEMENTATION
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+IMPLEMENTATION
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+Unicode and UTF-8 stuff
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONST
+  // --- Character Translation Table for Unicode <-> Win-1252
+  WIN1252_UNICODE : ARRAY [$00..$FF] OF WORD = (
+                    $0000, $0001, $0002, $0003, $0004, $0005, $0006, $0007, $0008, $0009,
+                    $000A, $000B, $000C, $000D, $000E, $000F, $0010, $0011, $0012, $0013,
+                    $0014, $0015, $0016, $0017, $0018, $0019, $001A, $001B, $001C, $001D,
+                    $001E, $001F, $0020, $0021, $0022, $0023, $0024, $0025, $0026, $0027,
+                    $0028, $0029, $002A, $002B, $002C, $002D, $002E, $002F, $0030, $0031,
+                    $0032, $0033, $0034, $0035, $0036, $0037, $0038, $0039, $003A, $003B,
+                    $003C, $003D, $003E, $003F, $0040, $0041, $0042, $0043, $0044, $0045,
+                    $0046, $0047, $0048, $0049, $004A, $004B, $004C, $004D, $004E, $004F,
+                    $0050, $0051, $0052, $0053, $0054, $0055, $0056, $0057, $0058, $0059,
+                    $005A, $005B, $005C, $005D, $005E, $005F, $0060, $0061, $0062, $0063,
+                    $0064, $0065, $0066, $0067, $0068, $0069, $006A, $006B, $006C, $006D,
+                    $006E, $006F, $0070, $0071, $0072, $0073, $0074, $0075, $0076, $0077,
+                    $0078, $0079, $007A, $007B, $007C, $007D, $007E, $007F,
+
+                    $20AC, $0081, $201A, $0192, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021, $02C6, $2030,
+                    $0160, $2039, $0152, $008D, $017D, $008F, $0090, $2018, $2019, $201C,
+                    $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014, $02DC, $2122, $0161, $203A, $0153, $009D,
+                    $017E, $0178, $00A0, $00A1, $00A2, $00A3, $00A4, $00A5, $00A6, $00A7,
+                    $00A8, $00A9, $00AA, $00AB, $00AC, $00AD, $00AE, $00AF, $00B0, $00B1,
+                    $00B2, $00B3, $00B4, $00B5, $00B6, $00B7, $00B8, $00B9, $00BA, $00BB,
+                    $00BC, $00BD, $00BE, $00BF, $00C0, $00C1, $00C2, $00C3, $00C4, $00C5,
+                    $00C6, $00C7, $00C8, $00C9, $00CA, $00CB, $00CC, $00CD, $00CE, $00CF,
+                    $00D0, $00D1, $00D2, $00D3, $00D4, $00D5, $00D6, $00D7, $00D8, $00D9,
+                    $00DA, $00DB, $00DC, $00DD, $00DE, $00DF, $00E0, $00E1, $00E2, $00E3,
+                    $00E4, $00E5, $00E6, $00E7, $00E8, $00E9, $00EA, $00EB, $00EC, $00ED,
+                    $00EE, $00EF, $00F0, $00F1, $00F2, $00F3, $00F4, $00F5, $00F6, $00F7,
+                    $00F8, $00F9, $00FA, $00FB, $00FC, $00FD, $00FE, $00FF);
+
+(* UTF-8  (somewhat simplified)
+   -----
+   Character Range    Byte sequence
+   ---------------    --------------------------     (x=Bits from original character)
+   $0000..$007F       0xxxxxxx
+   $0080..$07FF       110xxxxx 10xxxxxx
+   $8000..$FFFF       1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
+
+   Example
+   --------
+   Transforming the Unicode character U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS  ("ä"):
+
+         ISO-8859-1,           Decimal  228
+         Win1252,              Hex      $E4
+         ANSI                  Bin      1110 0100
+                                        abcd efgh
+
+         UTF-8                 Binary   1100xxab 10cdefgh
+                               Binary   11000011 10100100
+                               Hex      $C3      $A4
+                               Decimal  195      164
+                               ANSI     Ã        ¤         *)
+
+
+FUNCTION  AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING;
+          (* Converts the given Windows ANSI (Win1252) String to UTF-8. *)
+VAR
+  I   : INTEGER;  // Loop counter
+  U   : WORD;     // Current Unicode value
+  Len : INTEGER;  // Current real length of "Result" string
+BEGIN
+  SetLength (Result, Length (Source) * 3);   // Worst case
+  Len := 0;
+  FOR I := 1 TO Length (Source) DO BEGIN
+    U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (Source [I])];
+    CASE U OF
+      $0000..$007F : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR (U);
+                     END;
+      $0080..$07FF : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($C0 OR (U SHR 6));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
+                     END;
+      $0800..$FFFF : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($E0 OR (U SHR 12));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR ((U SHR 6) AND $3F));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
+                     END;
+      END;
+    END;
+  SetLength (Result, Len);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING;
+          (* Converts the given UTF-8 String to Windows ANSI (Win-1252).
+             If a character can not be converted, the "UnknownChar" is inserted. *)
+VAR
+  SourceLen : INTEGER;  // Length of Source string
+  I, K      : INTEGER;
+  A         : BYTE;     // Current ANSI character value
+  U         : WORD;
+  Ch        : CHAR;     // Dest char
+  Len       : INTEGER;  // Current real length of "Result" string
+BEGIN
+  SourceLen := Length (Source);
+  SetLength (Result, SourceLen);   // Enough room to live
+  Len := 0;
+  I   := 1;
+  WHILE I <= SourceLen DO BEGIN
+    A := ORD (Source [I]);
+    IF A < $80 THEN BEGIN                                               // Range $0000..$007F
+      INC (Len);
+      Result [Len] := Source [I];
+      INC (I);
+      END
+    ELSE BEGIN                                                          // Determine U, Inc I
+      IF (A AND $E0 = $C0) AND (I < SourceLen) THEN BEGIN               // Range $0080..$07FF
+        U := (WORD (A AND $1F) SHL 6) OR (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F);
+        INC (I, 2);
+        END
+      ELSE IF (A AND $F0 = $E0) AND (I < SourceLen-1) THEN BEGIN        // Range $0800..$FFFF
+        U := (WORD (A AND $0F) SHL 12) OR
+             (WORD (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F) SHL 6) OR
+             (      ORD (Source [I+2]) AND $3F);
+        INC (I, 3);
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN                                                        // Unknown/unsupported
+        INC (I);
+        FOR K := 7 DOWNTO 0 DO
+          IF A AND (1 SHL K) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+            INC (I, (A SHR (K+1))-1);
+            BREAK;
+            END;
+        U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (UnknownChar)];
+        END;
+      Ch := UnknownChar;                                                // Retrieve ANSI char
+      FOR A := $00 TO $FF DO
+        IF WIN1252_UNICODE [A] = U THEN BEGIN
+          Ch := CHR (A);
+          BREAK;
+          END;
+      INC (Len);
+      Result [Len] := Ch;
+      END;
+    END;
+  SetLength (Result, Len);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+"Special" Helper Functions
+
+Don't ask me why. But including these functions makes the parser *DRAMATICALLY* faster
+on my K6-233 machine. You can test it yourself just by commenting them out.
+They do exactly the same as the Assembler routines defined in SysUtils.
+(This is where you can see how great the Delphi compiler really is. The compiled code is
+faster than hand-coded assembler!)
+===============================================================================================
+--> Just move this line below the StrScan function -->  *)
+
+
+FUNCTION StrPos (CONST Str, SearchStr : PChar) : PChar;
+         // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrPos
+VAR
+  First : CHAR;
+  Len   : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  First  := SearchStr^;
+  Len    := StrLen (SearchStr);
+  Result := Str;
+  REPEAT
+    IF Result^ = First THEN
+      IF StrLComp (Result, SearchStr, Len) = 0 THEN BREAK;
+    IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
+      Result := NIL;
+      BREAK;
+      END;
+    INC (Result);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION StrScan (CONST Start : PChar; CONST Ch : CHAR) : PChar;
+         // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrScan
+BEGIN
+  Result := Start;
+  WHILE Result^ <> Ch DO BEGIN
+    IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
+      Result := NIL;
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+    INC (Result);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+Helper Functions
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+FUNCTION  DelChars (Source : STRING; CharsToDelete : TCharset) : STRING;
+          // Delete all "CharsToDelete" from the string
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := Source;
+  FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
+    IF Result [I] IN CharsToDelete THEN
+      Delete (Result, I, 1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING;
+          // Trimms off Whitespace characters from both ends of the string
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  // --- Trim Left
+  I := 1;
+  WHILE (I <= Length (Source)) AND (Source [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
+    INC (I);
+  Result := Copy (Source, I, MaxInt);
+
+  // --- Trim Right
+  I := Length (Result);
+  WHILE (I > 1) AND (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
+    DEC (I);
+  Delete (Result, I+1, Length (Result)-I);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING;
+          // Converts all Whitespace characters to the Space #x20 character
+          // If "PackWs" is true, contiguous Whitespace characters are packed to one
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := Source;
+  FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
+    IF (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      IF PackWs AND (I > 1) AND (Result [I-1] IN CWhitespace)
+        THEN Delete (Result, I, 1)
+        ELSE Result [I] := #32;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  SetString (S, BufferStart, BufferFinal-BufferStart+1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrLPas  (Start : PChar; Len : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  SetString (Result, Start, Len);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  SetString (Result, Start, Finish-Start+1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrScanE (CONST Source : PChar; CONST CharToScanFor : CHAR) : PChar;
+          // If "CharToScanFor" is not found, StrScanE returns the last char of the
+          // buffer instead of NIL
+BEGIN
+  Result := StrScan (Source, CharToScanFor);
+  IF Result = NIL THEN
+    Result := StrEnd (Source)-1;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE ExtractName (Start : PChar; Terminators : TCharset; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Extracts the complete Name beginning at "Start".
+             It is assumed that the name is contained in Markup, so the '>' character is
+             always a Termination.
+             Start:       IN  Pointer to first char of name. Is always considered to be valid
+             Terminators: IN  Characters which terminate the name
+             Final:       OUT Pointer to last char of name *)
+BEGIN
+  Final := Start+1;
+  Include (Terminators, #0);
+  Include (Terminators, '>');
+  WHILE NOT (Final^ IN Terminators) DO
+    INC (Final);
+  DEC (Final);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE ExtractQuote (Start : PChar; VAR Content : STRING; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Extract a string which is contained in single or double Quotes.
+             Start:    IN   Pointer to opening quote
+             Content:  OUT  The quoted string
+             Final:    OUT  Pointer to closing quote *)
+BEGIN
+  Final := StrScan (Start+1, Start^);
+  IF Final = NIL THEN BEGIN
+    Final := StrEnd (Start+1)-1;
+    SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-Start);
+    END
+  ELSE
+    SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-1-Start);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TEntityStackNode
+This Node is pushed to the "Entity Stack" whenever the parser parses entity replacement text.
+The "Instance" field holds the Instance pointer of an External Entity buffer. When it is
+popped, the Instance is freed.
+The "Encoding" field holds the name of the Encoding. External Parsed Entities may have
+another encoding as the document entity (XmlSpec 4.3.3). So when there is an "<?xml" PI
+found in the stream (= Text Declaration at the beginning of external parsed entities), the
+Encoding found there is used for the External Entity (is assigned to TXmlParser.CurEncoding)
+Default Encoding is for the Document Entity is UTF-8. It is assumed that External Entities
+have the same Encoding as the Document Entity, unless they carry a Text Declaration.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TEntityStackNode = CLASS
+                       Instance : TObject;
+                       Encoding : STRING;
+                       LastPos  : PChar;
+                     END;
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TEntityStack
+For nesting of Entities.
+When there is an entity reference found in the data stream, the corresponding entity
+definition is searched and the current position is pushed to this stack.
+From then on, the program scans the entitiy replacement text as if it were normal content.
+When the parser reaches the end of an entity, the current position is popped off the
+stack again.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TEntityStack.Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Owner := TheOwner;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (LastPos : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  Push (NIL, LastPos);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar);
+VAR
+  ESN : TEntityStackNode;
+BEGIN
+  ESN := TEntityStackNode.Create;
+  ESN.Instance := Instance;
+  ESN.Encoding := Owner.FCurEncoding;  // Save current Encoding
+  ESN.LastPos  := LastPos;
+  Add (ESN);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TEntityStack.Pop : PChar;
+VAR
+  ESN : TEntityStackNode;
+BEGIN
+  IF Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
+    ESN := TEntityStackNode (Items [Count-1]);
+    Result := ESN.LastPos;
+    IF ESN.Instance <> NIL THEN
+      ESN.Instance.Free;
+    IF ESN.Encoding <> '' THEN
+      Owner.FCurEncoding := ESN.Encoding;   // Restore current Encoding
+    Delete (Count-1);
+    END
+  ELSE
+    Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TExternalID
+-----------
+XmlSpec 4.2.2:  ExternalID ::= 'SYSTEM' S SystemLiteral |
+                               'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral S SystemLiteral
+XmlSpec 4.7:    PublicID   ::= 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral
+SystemLiteral and PubidLiteral are quoted
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TExternalID = CLASS
+                  PublicId : STRING;
+                  SystemId : STRING;
+                  Final    : PChar;
+                  CONSTRUCTOR Create (Start : PChar);
+                END;
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TExternalID.Create (Start : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Final := Start;
+  IF StrLComp (Start, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
+    END
+  ELSE IF StrLComp (Start, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, PublicID, Final);
+    INC (Final);
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Create;
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  FBuffer     := NIL;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  Elements    := TElemList.Create;
+  Entities    := TNvpList.Create;
+  ParEntities := TNvpList.Create;
+  Notations   := TNvpList.Create;
+  CurAttr     := TAttrList.Create;
+  EntityStack := TEntityStack.Create (Self);
+  Clear;
+END;
+
+
+DESTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  Elements.Free;
+  Entities.Free;
+  ParEntities.Free;
+  Notations.Free;
+  CurAttr.Free;
+  EntityStack.Free;
+  INHERITED Destroy;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.Clear;
+          // Free Buffer and clear all object attributes
+BEGIN
+  IF (FBufferSize > 0) AND (FBuffer <> NIL) THEN
+    FreeMem (FBuffer);
+  FBuffer     := NIL;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  FSource     := '';
+  FXmlVersion := '';
+  FEncoding   := '';
+  FStandalone := FALSE;
+  FRootName   := '';
+  FDtdcFinal  := NIL;
+  FNormalize  := TRUE;
+  Elements.Clear;
+  Entities.Clear;
+  ParEntities.Clear;
+  Notations.Clear;
+  CurAttr.Clear;
+  EntityStack.Clear;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING; FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
+          // Loads Document from given file
+          // Returns TRUE if successful
+VAR
+  f           : FILE;
+  ReadIn      : INTEGER;
+  OldFileMode : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FALSE;
+  Clear;
+
+  // --- Open File
+  OldFileMode := SYSTEM.FileMode;
+  TRY
+    SYSTEM.FileMode := FileMode;
+    TRY
+      AssignFile (f, Filename);
+      Reset (f, 1);
+    EXCEPT
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+
+    TRY
+      // --- Allocate Memory
+      TRY
+        FBufferSize := Filesize (f) + 1;
+        GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
+      EXCEPT
+        Clear;
+        EXIT;
+        END;
+
+      // --- Read File
+      TRY
+        BlockRead (f, FBuffer^, FBufferSize, ReadIn);
+        (FBuffer+ReadIn)^ := #0;  // NULL termination
+      EXCEPT
+        Clear;
+        EXIT;
+        END;
+    FINALLY
+      CloseFile (f);
+      END;
+
+    FSource := Filename;
+    Result  := TRUE;
+
+  FINALLY
+    SYSTEM.FileMode := OldFileMode;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN;
+          // Loads Document from another buffer
+          // Returns TRUE if successful
+          // The "Source" property becomes '<MEM>' if successful
+BEGIN
+  Result := FALSE;
+  Clear;
+  FBufferSize := StrLen (Buffer) + 1;
+  TRY
+    GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
+  EXCEPT
+    Clear;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+  StrCopy (FBuffer, Buffer);
+  FSource := '<MEM>';
+  Result := TRUE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar);      // References another buffer
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  FBuffer     := Buffer;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  FSource := '<REFERENCE>';
+END;
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Scanning through the document
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.StartScan;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptNone;
+  CurName     := '';
+  CurContent  := '';
+  CurStart    := NIL;
+  CurFinal    := NIL;
+  CurAttr.Clear;
+  EntityStack.Clear;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.Scan : BOOLEAN;
+          // Scans the next Part
+          // Returns TRUE if a part could be found, FALSE if there is no part any more
+          //
+          // "IsDone" can be set to FALSE by AnalyzeText in order to go to the next part
+          // if there is no Content due to normalization
+VAR
+  IsDone : BOOLEAN;
+BEGIN
+  REPEAT
+    IsDone := TRUE;
+
+    // --- Start of next Part
+    IF CurStart = NIL
+      THEN CurStart := DocBuffer
+      ELSE CurStart := CurFinal+1;
+    CurFinal := CurStart;
+
+    // --- End of Document of Pop off a new part from the Entity stack?
+    IF CurStart^ = #0 THEN
+      CurStart := EntityStack.Pop;
+
+    // --- No Document or End Of Document: Terminate Scan
+    IF (CurStart = NIL) OR (CurStart^ = #0) THEN BEGIN
+      CurStart := StrEnd (DocBuffer);
+      CurFinal := CurStart-1;
+      EntityStack.Clear;
+      Result   := FALSE;
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+
+    IF (StrLComp (CurStart, '<?xml', 5) = 0) AND
+       ((CurStart+5)^ IN CWhitespace) THEN AnalyzeProlog                                      // XML Declaration, Text Declaration
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<?',        2) = 0 THEN AnalyzePI (CurStart, CurFinal)       // PI
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!--',      4) = 0 THEN AnalyzeComment (CurStart, CurFinal)  // Comment
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!DOCTYPE', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeDtdc                          // DTDc
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, CDStart, Length (CDStart)) = 0 THEN AnalyzeCdata              // CDATA Section
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<',         1) = 0 THEN AnalyzeTag                           // Start-Tag, End-Tag, Empty-Element-Tag
+    ELSE AnalyzeText (IsDone);                                                                // Text Content
+  UNTIL IsDone;
+  Result := TRUE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeProlog;
+          // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
+VAR
+  F : PChar;
+BEGIN
+  CurAttr.Analyze (CurStart+5, F);
+  IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    FXmlVersion := CurAttr.Value ('version');
+    FEncoding   := CurAttr.Value ('encoding');
+    FStandalone := CurAttr.Value ('standalone') = 'yes';
+    END;
+  CurFinal := StrPos (F, '?>');
+  IF CurFinal <> NIL
+    THEN INC (CurFinal)
+    ELSE CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
+  FCurEncoding := AnsiUpperCase (CurAttr.Value ('encoding'));
+  IF FCurEncoding = '' THEN
+    FCurEncoding := 'UTF-8';   // Default XML Encoding is UTF-8
+  CurPartType  := ptXmlProlog;
+  CurName      := '';
+  CurContent   := '';
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze Comments
+BEGIN
+  Final := StrPos (Start+4, '-->');
+  IF Final = NIL
+    THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
+    ELSE INC (Final, 2);
+  CurPartType := ptComment;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
+          // This is also called for Character
+VAR
+  F : PChar;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptPI;
+  Final := StrPos (Start+2, '?>');
+  IF Final = NIL
+    THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
+    ELSE INC (Final);
+  ExtractName (Start+2, CWhitespace + ['?', '>'], F);
+  SetStringSF (CurName, Start+2, F);
+  SetStringSF (CurContent, F+1, Final-2);
+  CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, F);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdc;
+          (* Analyze Document Type Declaration
+                 doctypedecl  ::= '<!DOCTYPE' S Name (S ExternalID)? S? ('[' (markupdecl | PEReference | S)* ']' S?)? '>'
+                 markupdecl   ::= elementdecl | AttlistDecl | EntityDecl | NotationDecl | PI | Comment
+                 PEReference  ::= '%' Name ';'
+
+                 elementdecl  ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S?                    '>'
+                 AttlistDecl  ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S?                          '>'
+                 EntityDecl   ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S?                       '>' |
+                                  '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S?                     '>'
+                 NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID |  PublicID) S?      '>'
+                 PI           ::=  '<?' PITarget (S (Char* - (Char* '?>' Char* )))?     '?>'
+                 Comment      ::= '<!--' ((Char - '-') | ('-' (Char - '-')))*          '-->'  *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phDtd, phInternal, phFinishing);
+VAR
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  ExternalID  : TExternalID;
+  ExternalDTD : TXmlParser;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  DER.Start := CurStart;
+  EntityStack.Clear;    // Clear stack for Parameter Entities
+  CurPartType := ptDtdc;
+
+  // --- Don't read DTDc twice
+  IF FDtdcFinal <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+    CurFinal := FDtdcFinal;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  // --- Scan DTDc
+  CurFinal := CurStart + 9;    // First char after '<!DOCTYPE'
+  Phase    := phName;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE CurFinal^ OF
+      '%' : BEGIN
+              PushPE (CurFinal);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+              BREAK
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+              CONTINUE;
+              END;
+      '[' : BEGIN
+              Phase := phInternal;
+              AnalyzeDtdElements (CurFinal+1, CurFinal);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      ']' : Phase := phFinishing;
+      '>' : BREAK;
+      ELSE  IF NOT (CurFinal^ IN CWhitespace) THEN BEGIN
+              CASE Phase OF
+                phName : IF (CurFinal^ IN CNameStart)  THEN BEGIN
+                           ExtractName (CurFinal, CWhitespace + ['[', '>'], F);
+                           SetStringSF (FRootName, CurFinal, F);
+                           CurFinal := F;
+                           Phase := phDtd;
+                           END;
+                phDtd  : IF (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
+                            (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
+                           ExternalID  := TExternalID.Create (CurFinal);
+                           ExternalDTD := LoadExternalEntity (ExternalId.SystemId, ExternalID.PublicId, '');
+                           F := StrPos (ExternalDtd.DocBuffer, '<!');
+                           IF F <> NIL THEN
+                             AnalyzeDtdElements (F, F);
+                           ExternalDTD.Free;
+                           CurFinal := ExternalID.Final;
+                           ExternalID.Free;
+                           END;
+                ELSE     BEGIN
+                           DER.ElementType := deError;
+                           DER.Pos         := CurFinal;
+                           DER.Final       := CurFinal;
+                           DtdElementFound (DER);
+                         END;
+                END;
+
+              END;
+      END;
+    INC (CurFinal);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+
+  CurPartType := ptDtdc;
+  CurName     := '';
+  CurContent  := '';
+
+  // It is an error in the document if "EntityStack" is not empty now
+  IF EntityStack.Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
+    DER.ElementType := deError;
+    DER.Final       := CurFinal;
+    DER.Pos         := CurFinal;
+    DtdElementFound (DER);
+    END;
+
+  EntityStack.Clear;    // Clear stack for General Entities
+  FDtdcFinal := CurFinal;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze the "Elements" of a DTD contained in the external or
+          // internal DTD subset.
+VAR
+  DER : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE Final^ OF
+      '%' : BEGIN
+              PushPE (Final);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+              BREAK
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+              CONTINUE;
+              END;
+      ']',
+      '>' : BREAK;
+      '<' : IF      StrLComp (Final, '<!ELEMENT',   9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeElementDecl  (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ATTLIST',   9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ENTITY',    8) = 0 THEN AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!NOTATION', 10) = 0 THEN AnalyzeNotationDecl (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<?',          2) = 0 THEN BEGIN   // PI in DTD
+              DER.ElementType := dePI;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              AnalyzePI (Final, Final);
+              DER.Target      := PChar (CurName);
+              DER.Content     := PChar (CurContent);
+              DER.AttrList    := CurAttr;
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN BEGIN   // Comment in DTD
+              DER.ElementType := deComment;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              AnalyzeComment  (Final, Final);
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              DER.ElementType := deError;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              DER.Pos         := Final;
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END;
+
+      END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeTag;
+          // Analyze Tags
+VAR
+  S, F    : PChar;
+  Attr    : TAttr;
+  ElemDef : TElemDef;
+  AttrDef : TAttrDef;
+  I       : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptStartTag;
+  S := CurStart+1;
+  IF S^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
+    CurPartType := ptEndTag;
+    INC (S);
+    END;
+  ExtractName (S, CWhitespace + ['/'], F);
+  SetStringSF (CurName, S, F);
+  CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, CurFinal);
+  IF CurFinal^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
+    CurPartType := ptEmptyTag;
+    END;
+  CurFinal := StrScanE (CurFinal, '>');
+
+  // --- Set Default Attribute values for nonexistent attributes
+  IF (CurPartType = ptStartTag) OR (CurPartType = ptEmptyTag) THEN BEGIN
+    ElemDef := Elements.Node (CurName);
+    IF ElemDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      FOR I := 0 TO ElemDef.Count-1 DO BEGIN
+        AttrDef := TAttrDef (ElemDef [I]);
+        Attr := TAttr (CurAttr.Node (AttrDef.Name));
+        IF (Attr = NIL) AND (AttrDef.Value <> '') THEN BEGIN
+          Attr           := TAttr.Create (AttrDef.Name, AttrDef.Value);
+          Attr.ValueType := vtDefault;
+          CurAttr.Add (Attr);
+          END;
+        IF Attr <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+          CASE AttrDef.DefaultType OF
+            adDefault  : ;
+            adRequired : ; // -!- It is an error in the document if "Attr.Value" is an empty string
+            adImplied  : Attr.ValueType := vtImplied;
+            adFixed    : BEGIN
+                           Attr.ValueType := vtFixed;
+                           Attr.Value     := AttrDef.Value;
+                         END;
+            END;
+          Attr.AttrType := AttrDef.AttrType;
+          END;
+        END;
+      END;
+
+    // --- Normalize Attribute Values. XmlSpec:
+           // - a character reference is processed by appending the referenced character to the attribute value
+           // - an entity reference is processed by recursively processing the replacement text of the entity
+           // - a whitespace character (#x20, #xD, #xA, #x9) is processed by appending #x20 to the normalized value,
+           //   except that only a single #x20 is appended for a "#xD#xA" sequence that is part of an external
+           //   parsed entity or the literal entity value of an internal parsed entity
+           // - other characters are processed by appending them to the normalized value
+           // If the declared value is not CDATA, then the XML processor must further process the
+           // normalized attribute value by discarding any leading and trailing space (#x20) characters,
+           // and by replacing sequences of space (#x20) characters by a single space (#x20) character.
+           // All attributes for which no declaration has been read should be treated by a
+           // non-validating parser as if declared CDATA.
+           // !!! The XML 1.0 SE specification is somewhat different here
+           //     This code does not conform exactly to this specification
+    FOR I := 0 TO CurAttr.Count-1 DO
+      WITH TAttr (CurAttr [I]) DO BEGIN
+        ReplaceGeneralEntities   (Value);
+        ReplaceCharacterEntities (Value);
+        IF (AttrType <> atCData) AND (AttrType <> atUnknown)
+          THEN Value := TranslateEncoding (TrimWs (ConvertWs (Value, TRUE)))
+          ELSE Value := TranslateEncoding (ConvertWs (Value, FALSE));
+        END;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData;
+          // Analyze CDATA Sections
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptCData;
+  CurFinal := StrPos (CurStart, CDEnd);
+  IF CurFinal = NIL THEN BEGIN
+    CurFinal   := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
+    CurContent := TranslateEncoding (StrPas (CurStart+Length (CDStart)));
+    END
+  ELSE BEGIN
+    SetStringSF (CurContent, CurStart+Length (CDStart), CurFinal-1);
+    INC (CurFinal, Length (CDEnd)-1);
+    CurContent := TranslateEncoding (CurContent);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN);
+          (* Analyzes Text Content between Tags. CurFinal will point to the last content character.
+             Content ends at a '<' character or at the end of the document.
+             Entity References and Character Entity references are resolved.
+             If PackSpaces is TRUE, contiguous Whitespace Characters will be compressed to
+             one Space #x20 character, Whitespace at the beginning and end of content will
+             be trimmed off and content which is or becomes empty is not returned to
+             the application (in this case, "IsDone" is set to FALSE which causes the
+             Scan method to proceed directly to the next part. *)
+
+  PROCEDURE ProcessEntity;
+            (* Is called if there is an ampsersand '&' character found in the document.
+               IN  "CurFinal" points to the ampersand
+               OUT "CurFinal" points to the first character after the semi-colon ';' *)
+  VAR
+    P              : PChar;
+    Name           : STRING;
+    EntityDef      : TEntityDef;
+    ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
+  BEGIN
+    P := StrScan (CurFinal , ';');
+    IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      SetStringSF (Name, CurFinal+1, P-1);
+
+      // Is it a Character Entity?
+      IF (CurFinal+1)^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
+        IF UpCase ((CurFinal+2)^) = 'X'       // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255:
+          THEN CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Name, 3, MaxInt), 32))
+          ELSE CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Name, 2, MaxInt), 32));
+        CurFinal := P+1;
+        EXIT;
+        END
+
+      // Is it a Predefined Entity?
+      ELSE IF Name = 'lt'   THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '<';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'gt'   THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '>';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'amp'  THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '&';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'apos' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + ''''; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'quot' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '"';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END;
+
+      // Replace with Entity from DTD
+      EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (Name));
+      IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+        IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN BEGIN
+          EntityStack.Push (P+1);
+          CurFinal := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
+          END
+        ELSE BEGIN
+          ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
+          EntityStack.Push (ExternalEntity, P+1);
+          CurFinal := ExternalEntity.DocBuffer;
+          END;
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        CurContent := CurContent + Name;
+        CurFinal   := P+1;
+        END;
+      END
+    ELSE BEGIN
+      INC (CurFinal);
+      END;
+  END;
+
+VAR
+  C  : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  CurFinal    := CurStart;
+  CurPartType := ptContent;
+  CurContent  := '';
+  C           := 0;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE CurFinal^ OF
+      '&' : BEGIN
+              CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+              C := 0;
+              ProcessEntity;
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : BEGIN
+              IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+                BREAK
+              ELSE BEGIN
+                CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+                C := 0;
+                CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+                CONTINUE;
+                END;
+            END;
+      '<' : BREAK;
+      ELSE INC (C);
+      END;
+    INC (CurFinal);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+  DEC (CurFinal);
+
+  IF FNormalize THEN BEGIN
+    CurContent := ConvertWs (TrimWs (CurContent), TRUE);
+    IsDone     := CurContent <> '';    // IsDone will only get FALSE if PackSpaces is TRUE
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeElementDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ELEMENT declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 3.2:
+                 elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>'
+                 contentspec ::= 'EMPTY' | 'ANY' | Mixed | children
+                 Mixed       ::= '(' S? '#PCDATA' (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')*'   |
+                                 '(' S? '#PCDATA' S? ')'
+                 children    ::= (choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
+                 choice      ::= '(' S? cp ( S? '|' S? cp )* S? ')'
+                 cp          ::= (Name | choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
+                 seq         ::= '(' S? cp ( S? ',' S? cp )* S? ')'
+
+             More simply:
+                 contentspec ::= EMPTY
+                                 ANY
+                                 '(#PCDATA)'
+                                 '(#PCDATA | A | B)*'
+                                 '(A, B, C)'
+                                 '(A | B | C)'
+                                 '(A?, B*, C+),
+                                 '(A, (B | C | D)* )'                       *)
+VAR
+  Element : TElemDef;
+  Elem2   : TElemDef;
+  F       : PChar;
+  DER     : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Element   := TElemDef.Create;
+  Final     := Start + 9;
+  DER.Start := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    IF Final^ = '>' THEN BREAK;
+    IF (Final^ IN CNameStart) AND (Element.Name = '') THEN BEGIN
+      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace, F);
+      SetStringSF (Element.Name, Final, F);
+      Final := F;
+      F := StrScan (Final+1, '>');
+      IF F = NIL THEN BEGIN
+        Element.Definition := STRING (Final);
+        Final := StrEnd (Final);
+        BREAK;
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        SetStringSF (Element.Definition, Final+1, F-1);
+        Final := F;
+        BREAK;
+        END;
+      END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Element.Definition := DelChars (Element.Definition, CWhitespace);
+  ReplaceParameterEntities (Element.Definition);
+  IF      Element.Definition = 'EMPTY' THEN Element.ElemType := etEmpty
+  ELSE IF Element.Definition = 'ANY'   THEN Element.ElemType := etAny
+  ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 8) = '(#PCDATA' THEN Element.ElemType := etMixed
+  ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 1) = '('        THEN Element.ElemType := etChildren
+  ELSE Element.ElemType := etAny;
+
+  Elem2 := Elements.Node (Element.Name);
+  IF Elem2 <> NIL THEN
+    Elements.Delete (Elements.IndexOf (Elem2));
+  Elements.Add (Element);
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+  DER.ElementType := deElement;
+  DER.ElemDef  := Element;
+  DER.Final    := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ATTLIST declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 3.3:
+                 AttlistDecl    ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>'
+                 AttDef         ::= S Name S AttType S DefaultDecl
+                 AttType        ::= StringType | TokenizedType | EnumeratedType
+                 StringType     ::= 'CDATA'
+                 TokenizedType  ::= 'ID' | 'IDREF' | 'IDREFS' | 'ENTITY' | 'ENTITIES' | 'NMTOKEN' | 'NMTOKENS'
+                 EnumeratedType ::= NotationType | Enumeration
+                 NotationType   ::= 'NOTATION' S '(' S? Name (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')'
+                 Enumeration    ::= '(' S? Nmtoken (S? '|' S? Nmtoken)* S? ')'
+                 DefaultDecl    ::= '#REQUIRED' | '#IMPLIED' | (('#FIXED' S)? AttValue)
+                 AttValue       ::= '"' ([^<&"] | Reference)* '"' | "'" ([^<&'] | Reference)* "'"
+            Examples:
+                 <!ATTLIST address
+                           A1 CDATA "Default"
+                           A2 ID    #REQUIRED
+                           A3 IDREF #IMPLIED
+                           A4 IDREFS #IMPLIED
+                           A5 ENTITY #FIXED "&at;&#252;"
+                           A6 ENTITIES #REQUIRED
+                           A7 NOTATION (WMF | DXF) "WMF"
+                           A8 (A | B | C) #REQUIRED>                *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phElementName, phName, phType, phNotationContent, phDefault);
+VAR
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  ElementName : STRING;
+  ElemDef     : TElemDef;
+  AttrDef     : TAttrDef;
+  AttrDef2    : TAttrDef;
+  Strg        : STRING;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final     := Start + 9;   // The character after <!ATTLIST
+  Phase     := phElementName;
+  DER.Start := Start;
+  AttrDef   := NIL;
+  ElemDef   := NIL;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '%' : BEGIN
+                PushPE (Final);
+                CONTINUE;
+              END;
+        #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+                BREAK
+              ELSE BEGIN
+                Final := EntityStack.Pop;
+                CONTINUE;
+                END;
+        '>' : BREAK;
+        ELSE  CASE Phase OF
+                phElementName     : BEGIN
+                                      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
+                                      SetStringSF (ElementName, Final, F);
+                                      Final := F;
+                                      ElemDef := Elements.Node (ElementName);
+                                      IF ElemDef = NIL THEN BEGIN
+                                        ElemDef := TElemDef.Create;
+                                        ElemDef.Name       := ElementName;
+                                        ElemDef.Definition := 'ANY';
+                                        ElemDef.ElemType   := etAny;
+                                        Elements.Add (ElemDef);
+                                        END;
+                                      Phase := phName;
+                                    END;
+                phName            : BEGIN
+                                      AttrDef := TAttrDef.Create;
+                                      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
+                                      SetStringSF (AttrDef.Name, Final, F);
+                                      Final := F;
+                                      AttrDef2 := TAttrDef (ElemDef.Node (AttrDef.Name));
+                                      IF AttrDef2 <> NIL THEN
+                                        ElemDef.Delete (ElemDef.IndexOf (AttrDef2));
+                                      ElemDef.Add (AttrDef);
+                                      Phase := phType;
+                                    END;
+                phType            : BEGIN
+                                      IF Final^ = '(' THEN BEGIN
+                                        F := StrScan (Final+1, ')');
+                                        IF F <> NIL
+                                          THEN SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final+1, F-1)
+                                          ELSE AttrDef.TypeDef := STRING (Final+1);
+                                        AttrDef.TypeDef := DelChars (AttrDef.TypeDef, CWhitespace);
+                                        AttrDef.AttrType := atEnumeration;
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
+                                        ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
+                                        Phase := phDefault;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, 'NOTATION', 8) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+                                        INC (Final, 8);
+                                        AttrDef.AttrType := atNotation;
+                                        Phase := phNotationContent;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE BEGIN
+                                        ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace+CQuoteChar+['#'], F);
+                                        SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final, F);
+                                        IF      AttrDef.TypeDef = 'CDATA'    THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atCData
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ID'       THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atId
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREF'    THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRef
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREFS'   THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRefs
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITY'   THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntity
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITIES' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntities
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKEN'  THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmToken
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKENS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmTokens;
+                                        Phase := phDefault;
+                                        END
+                                    END;
+                phNotationContent : BEGIN
+                                      F := StrScan (Final, ')');
+                                      IF F <> NIL THEN
+                                        SetStringSF (AttrDef.Notations, Final+1, F-1)
+                                      ELSE BEGIN
+                                        AttrDef.Notations := STRING (Final+1);
+                                        Final := StrEnd (Final);
+                                        END;
+                                      ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Notations);
+                                      AttrDef.Notations := DelChars (AttrDef.Notations, CWhitespace);
+                                      Phase := phDefault;
+                                    END;
+                phDefault :         BEGIN
+                                      IF Final^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
+                                        ExtractName (Final, CWhiteSpace + CQuoteChar, F);
+                                        SetStringSF (Strg, Final, F);
+                                        Final := F;
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (Strg);
+                                        IF      Strg = '#REQUIRED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adRequired; Phase := phName; END
+                                        ELSE IF Strg = '#IMPLIED'  THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adImplied;  Phase := phName; END
+                                        ELSE IF Strg = '#FIXED'    THEN       AttrDef.DefaultType := adFixed;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE IF (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN BEGIN
+                                        ExtractQuote (Final, AttrDef.Value, Final);
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
+                                        ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
+                                        Phase := phName;
+                                        END;
+                                      IF Phase = phName THEN BEGIN
+                                        AttrDef := NIL;
+                                        END;
+                                    END;
+
+                END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+
+  Final := StrScan (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deAttList;
+  DER.ElemDef  := ElemDef;
+  DER.Final    := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ENTITY declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 4.2:
+                 EntityDecl  ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>'   |
+                                 '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>'
+                 EntityDef   ::= EntityValue | (ExternalID NDataDecl?)
+                 PEDef       ::= EntityValue | ExternalID
+                 NDataDecl   ::= S 'NDATA' S Name
+                 EntityValue ::= '"' ([^%&"] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* '"'   |
+                                 "'" ([^%&'] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* "'"
+                 PEReference ::= '%' Name ';'
+
+             Examples
+                 <!ENTITY test1 "Stefan Heymann">                   <!-- Internal, general, parsed              -->
+                 <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent2.xml">                  <!-- External, general, parsed              -->
+                 <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent3.gif" NDATA gif>        <!-- External, general, unparsed            -->
+                 <!ENTITY % test3 "<!ELEMENT q ANY>">               <!-- Internal, parameter                    -->
+                 <!ENTITY % test6 SYSTEM "ent6.xml">                <!-- External, parameter                    -->
+                 <!ENTITY test4 "&test1; ist lieb">                 <!-- IGP, Replacement text <> literal value -->
+                 <!ENTITY test5 "<p>Dies ist ein Test-Absatz</p>">  <!-- IGP, See XmlSpec 2.4                   -->
+          *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phContent, phNData, phNotationName, phFinalGT);
+VAR
+  Phase         : TPhase;
+  IsParamEntity : BOOLEAN;
+  F             : PChar;
+  ExternalID    : TExternalID;
+  EntityDef     : TEntityDef;
+  EntityDef2    : TEntityDef;
+  DER           : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final         := Start + 8;   // First char after <!ENTITY
+  DER.Start     := Start;
+  Phase         := phName;
+  IsParamEntity := FALSE;
+  EntityDef     := TEntityDef.Create;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '%' : IsParamEntity := TRUE;
+        '>' : BREAK;
+        ELSE  CASE Phase OF
+                phName         : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar, F);
+                                   SetStringSF (EntityDef.Name, Final, F);
+                                   Final := F;
+                                   Phase := phContent;
+                                   END;
+                phContent      : IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractQuote (Final, EntityDef.Value, Final);
+                                   Phase := phFinalGT;
+                                   END
+                                 ELSE IF (StrLComp (Final, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
+                                         (StrLComp (Final, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
+                                   EntityDef.SystemId := ExternalID.SystemId;
+                                   EntityDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
+                                   Final      := ExternalID.Final;
+                                   Phase      := phNData;
+                                   ExternalID.Free;
+                                   END;
+                phNData        : IF StrLComp (Final, 'NDATA', 5) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+                                   INC (Final, 4);
+                                   Phase := phNotationName;
+                                   END;
+                phNotationName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
+                                   SetStringSF (EntityDef.NotationName, Final, F);
+                                   Final := F;
+                                   Phase := phFinalGT;
+                                   END;
+                phFinalGT      : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
+                END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  IF IsParamEntity THEN BEGIN
+    EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
+    IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
+      ParEntities.Delete (ParEntities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
+    ParEntities.Add (EntityDef);
+    ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
+    END
+  ELSE BEGIN
+    EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
+    IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
+      Entities.Delete (Entities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
+    Entities.Add (EntityDef);
+    ReplaceParameterEntities (EntityDef.Value);  //  Create replacement texts (see XmlSpec 4.5)
+    ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
+    END;
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deEntity;
+  DER.EntityDef   := EntityDef;
+  DER.Final       := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Parse <!NOTATION declaration starting at "Start"
+          // Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+          // XmlSpec 4.7: NotationDecl ::=  '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID |  PublicID) S? '>'
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phExtId, phEnd);
+VAR
+  ExternalID  : TExternalID;
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  NotationDef : TNotationDef;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final       := Start + 10;   // Character after <!NOTATION
+  DER.Start   := Start;
+  Phase       := phName;
+  NotationDef := TNotationDef.Create;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '>',
+        #0   : BREAK;
+        ELSE   CASE Phase OF
+                 phName  : BEGIN
+                             ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
+                             SetStringSF (NotationDef.Name, Final, F);
+                             Final := F;
+                             Phase := phExtId;
+                           END;
+                 phExtId : BEGIN
+                             ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
+                             NotationDef.Value    := ExternalID.SystemId;
+                             NotationDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
+                             Final := ExternalId.Final;
+                             ExternalId.Free;
+                             Phase := phEnd;
+                           END;
+                 phEnd   : ;   // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
+                 END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Notations.Add (NotationDef);
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deNotation;
+  DER.NotationDef := NotationDef;
+  DER.Final       := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
+          (* If there is a parameter entity reference found in the data stream,
+             the current position will be pushed to the entity stack.
+             Start:  IN  Pointer to the '%' character starting the PE reference
+                     OUT Pointer to first character of PE replacement text *)
+VAR
+  P         : PChar;
+  EntityDef : TEntityDef;
+BEGIN
+  P := StrScan (Start, ';');
+  IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+    EntityDef := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (StrSFPas (Start+1, P-1)));
+    IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      EntityStack.Push (P+1);
+      Start := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
+      END
+    ELSE
+      Start := P+1;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Replaces all Character Entity References in the String
+VAR
+  Start  : INTEGER;
+  PAmp   : PChar;
+  PSemi  : PChar;
+  PosAmp : INTEGER;
+  Len    : INTEGER;    // Length of Entity Reference
+BEGIN
+  IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+  Start := 1;
+  REPEAT
+    PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str) + Start-1, '&#');
+    IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+    PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+    IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+    PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+    Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+    IF CompareText (Str [PosAmp+2], 'x') = 0          // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255
+      THEN Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Str, PosAmp+3, Len-4), 0))
+      ELSE Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Str, PosAmp+2, Len-3), 32));
+    Delete (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-1);  
+    Start := PosAmp + 1;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Recursively replaces all Parameter Entity References in the String
+  PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+  VAR
+    Start   : INTEGER;
+    PAmp    : PChar;
+    PSemi   : PChar;
+    PosAmp  : INTEGER;
+    Len     : INTEGER;
+    Entity  : TEntityDef;
+    Repl    : STRING;        // Replacement
+  BEGIN
+    IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+    Start := 1;
+    REPEAT
+      PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '%');
+      IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+      IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+      Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+      Entity := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2)));
+      IF Entity <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+        Repl := Entity.Value;
+        ReplaceEntities (Repl);    // Recursion
+        END
+      ELSE
+        Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
+      Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);  
+      Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
+      Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
+    UNTIL FALSE;
+  END;
+BEGIN
+  ReplaceEntities (Str);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Recursively replaces General Entity References in the String
+  PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+  VAR
+    Start          : INTEGER;
+    PAmp           : PChar;
+    PSemi          : PChar;
+    PosAmp         : INTEGER;
+    Len            : INTEGER;
+    EntityDef      : TEntityDef;
+    EntName        : STRING;
+    Repl           : STRING;        // Replacement
+    ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
+  BEGIN
+    IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+    Start := 1;
+    REPEAT
+      PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '&');
+      IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+      IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+      Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+      EntName := Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2);
+      IF      EntName = 'lt'   THEN Repl := '<'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'gt'   THEN Repl := '>'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'amp'  THEN Repl := '&'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'apos' THEN Repl := ''''
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'quot' THEN Repl := '"'
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntName));
+        IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+          IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN   // Internal Entity
+            Repl := EntityDef.Value
+          ELSE BEGIN                      // External Entity
+            ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
+            Repl := StrPas (ExternalEntity.DocBuffer);  // !!! What if it contains a Text Declaration?
+            ExternalEntity.Free;
+            END;
+          ReplaceEntities (Repl);    // Recursion
+          END
+        ELSE
+          Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
+        END;
+      Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);  
+      Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
+      Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
+    UNTIL FALSE;
+  END;
+BEGIN
+  ReplaceEntities (Str);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
+          // This will be called whenever there is a Parsed External Entity or
+          // the DTD External Subset to be parsed.
+          // It has to create a TXmlParser instance and load the desired Entity.
+          // This instance of LoadExternalEntity assumes that "SystemId" is a valid
+          // file name (relative to the Document source) and loads this file using
+          // the LoadFromFile method.
+VAR
+  Filename : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  // --- Convert System ID to complete filename
+  Filename := StringReplace (SystemId, '/', '\', [rfReplaceAll]);
+  IF Copy (FSource, 1, 1) <> '<' THEN
+    IF (Copy (Filename, 1, 2) = '\\') OR (Copy (Filename, 2, 1) = ':') THEN
+      // Already has an absolute Path
+    ELSE BEGIN
+      Filename := ExtractFilePath (FSource) + Filename;
+      END;
+
+  // --- Load the File
+  Result := TXmlParser.Create;
+  Result.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
+          // The member variable "CurEncoding" always holds the name of the current
+          // encoding, e.g. 'UTF-8' or 'ISO-8859-1'.
+          // This virtual method "TranslateEncoding" is responsible for translating
+          // the content passed in the "Source" parameter to the Encoding which
+          // is expected by the application.
+          // This instance of "TranlateEncoding" assumes that the Application expects
+          // Windows ANSI (Win1252) strings. It is able to transform UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1
+          // encodings.
+          // If you want your application to understand or create other encodings, you
+          // override this function.
+BEGIN
+  IF CurEncoding = 'UTF-8'
+    THEN Result := Utf8ToAnsi (Source)
+    ELSE Result := Source;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
+          // This method is called for every element which is found in the DTD
+          // declaration. The variant record TDtdElementRec is passed which
+          // holds informations about the element.
+          // You can override this function to handle DTD declarations.
+          // Note that when you parse the same Document instance a second time,
+          // the DTD will not get parsed again.
+BEGIN
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION TXmlParser.GetDocBuffer: PChar;
+         // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
+BEGIN
+  IF FBuffer = NIL
+    THEN Result := #0
+    ELSE Result := FBuffer;
+END;
+
+
+(*$IFNDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT
+===============================================================================================
+TObjectList
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+DESTRUCTOR TObjectList.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  SetCapacity(0);
+  INHERITED Destroy;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TObjectList.Delete (Index : INTEGER);
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) THEN EXIT;
+  TObject (Items [Index]).Free;
+  INHERITED Delete (Index);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TObjectList.Clear;
+BEGIN
+  WHILE Count > 0 DO
+    Delete (Count-1);
+END;
+
+(*$ENDIF *)
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TNvpNode
+--------
+Node base class for the TNvpList
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TNvpNode.Create (TheName, TheValue : STRING);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Name  := TheName;
+  Value := TheValue;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TNvpList
+--------
+A generic List of Name-Value Pairs, based on the TObjectList introduced in Delphi 5
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+PROCEDURE TNvpList.Add (Node : TNvpNode);
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
+    IF Node.Name > TNvpNode (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
+      Insert (I+1, Node);
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+  Insert (0, Node);
+END;
+
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode;
+          // Binary search for Node
+VAR
+  L, H : INTEGER;    // Low, High Limit
+  T, C : INTEGER;    // Test Index, Comparison result
+  Last : INTEGER;    // Last Test Index
+BEGIN
+  IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
+    Result := NIL;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  L    := 0;
+  H    := Count;
+  Last := -1;
+  REPEAT
+    T := (L+H) DIV 2;
+    IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
+    Result := TNvpNode (Items [T]);
+    C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
+    IF      C = 0 THEN EXIT
+    ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
+    ELSE               H := T;
+    Last := T;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := NIL
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Value (Name : STRING) : STRING;
+VAR
+  Nvp : TNvpNode;
+BEGIN
+  Nvp := TNvpNode (Node (Name));
+  IF Nvp <> NIL
+    THEN Result := Nvp.Value
+    ELSE Result := '';
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := ''
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Value;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := ''
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Name;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TAttrList
+List of Attributes. The "Analyze" method extracts the Attributes from the given Buffer.
+Is used for extraction of Attributes in Start-Tags, Empty-Element Tags and the "pseudo"
+attributes in XML Prologs, Text Declarations and PIs.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+PROCEDURE TAttrList.Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze the Buffer for Attribute=Name pairs.
+          // Terminates when there is a character which is not IN CNameStart
+          // (e.g. '?>' or '>' or '/>')
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phEq, phValue);
+VAR
+  Phase : TPhase;
+  F     : PChar;
+  Name  : STRING;
+  Value : STRING;
+  Attr  : TAttr;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  Phase := phName;
+  Final := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    IF (Final^ = #0) OR (Final^ = '>') THEN BREAK;
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Phase OF
+        phName  : BEGIN
+                    IF NOT (Final^ IN CNameStart) THEN EXIT;
+                    ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['=', '/'], F);
+                    SetStringSF (Name, Final, F);
+                    Final := F;
+                    Phase := phEq;
+                  END;
+        phEq    : BEGIN
+                    IF Final^ = '=' THEN
+                      Phase := phValue
+                  END;
+        phValue : BEGIN
+                    IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
+                      ExtractQuote (Final, Value, F);
+                      Attr := TAttr.Create;
+                      Attr.Name      := Name;
+                      Attr.Value     := Value;
+                      Attr.ValueType := vtNormal;
+                      Add (Attr);
+                      Final := F;
+                      Phase := phName;
+                      END;
+                  END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TElemList
+List of TElemDef nodes.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+FUNCTION  TElemList.Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
+          // Binary search for the Node with the given Name
+VAR
+  L, H : INTEGER;    // Low, High Limit
+  T, C : INTEGER;    // Test Index, Comparison result
+  Last : INTEGER;    // Last Test Index
+BEGIN
+  IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
+    Result := NIL;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  L    := 0;
+  H    := Count;
+  Last := -1;
+  REPEAT
+    T := (L+H) DIV 2;
+    IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
+    Result := TElemDef (Items [T]);
+    C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
+    IF C = 0 THEN EXIT
+    ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
+    ELSE               H := T;
+    Last := T;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TElemList.Add (Node : TElemDef);
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
+    IF Node.Name > TElemDef (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
+      Insert (I+1, Node);
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+  Insert (0, Node);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TScannerXmlParser
+A TXmlParser descendant for the TCustomXmlScanner component
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TScannerXmlParser = CLASS (TXmlParser)
+                       Scanner : TCustomXmlScanner;
+                       CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
+                       FUNCTION  LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
+                                                     Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;  OVERRIDE;
+                       FUNCTION  TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;  OVERRIDE;
+                       PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);     OVERRIDE;
+                      END;
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TScannerXmlParser.Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Scanner := TheScanner;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TScannerXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnLoadExternal)
+    THEN Scanner.FOnLoadExternal (Scanner, SystemId, PublicId, Notation, Result)
+    ELSE Result :=  INHERITED LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TScannerXmlParser.TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding)
+    THEN Result := Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding (Scanner, CurEncoding, Source)
+    ELSE Result := INHERITED TranslateEncoding (Source);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TScannerXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
+BEGIN
+  WITH DtdElementRec DO
+    CASE ElementType OF
+      deElement  : Scanner.WhenElement  (ElemDef);
+      deAttList  : Scanner.WhenAttList  (ElemDef);
+      deEntity   : Scanner.WhenEntity   (EntityDef);
+      deNotation : Scanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef);
+      dePI       : Scanner.WhenPI       (STRING (Target), STRING (Content), AttrList);
+      deComment  : Scanner.WhenComment  (StrSFPas (Start, Final));
+      deError    : Scanner.WhenDtdError (Pos);
+      END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TCustomXmlScanner
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Create (AOwner: TComponent);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED;
+  FXmlParser := TScannerXmlParser.Create (Self);
+END;
+
+
+DESTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.Free;
+  INHERITED;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename);
+          // Load XML Document from file
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
+          // Load XML Document from buffer
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
+          // Refer to Buffer
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TCustomXmlScanner.GetFilename : TFilename;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FXmlParser.Source;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TCustomXmlScanner.GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FXmlParser.Normalize;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.Normalize := Value;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed the <? xml ?> declaration of the prolog
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnXmlProlog) THEN FOnXmlProlog (Self, XmlVersion, Encoding, Standalone);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenComment  (Comment : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!-- comment -->
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnComment) THEN FOnComment (Self, Comment);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <?processing instruction ?>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnPI) THEN FOnPI (Self, Target, Content, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has completely parsed the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnDtdRead) THEN FOnDtdRead (Self, RootElementName);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a start tag like <p>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnStartTag) THEN FOnStartTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an Empty Element Tag like <br/>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEmptyTag) THEN FOnEmptyTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an End Tag like </p>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEndTag) THEN FOnEndTag (Self, TagName);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenContent (Content : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an element's text content
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnContent) THEN FOnContent (Self, Content);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenCData (Content : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a CDATA section
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnCData) THEN FOnCData (Self, Content);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ELEMENT> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnElement) THEN FOnElement (Self, ElemDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ATTLIST> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnAttList) THEN FOnAttList (Self, ElemDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEntity   (EntityDef : TEntityDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ENTITY> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEntity) THEN FOnEntity (Self, EntityDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!NOTATION> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnNotation) THEN FOnNotation (Self, NotationDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar);
+          // Is called when the parser has found an Error in the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnDtdError) THEN FOnDtdError (Self, ErrorPos);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.Execute;
+          // Perform scanning
+          // Scanning is done synchronously, i.e. you can expect events to be triggered
+          // in the order of the XML data stream. Execute will finish when the whole XML
+          // document has been scanned or when the StopParser property has been set to TRUE.
+BEGIN
+  FStopParser := FALSE;
+  FXmlParser.StartScan;
+  WHILE FXmlParser.Scan AND (NOT FStopParser) DO
+    CASE FXmlParser.CurPartType OF
+      ptNone      : ;
+      ptXmlProlog : WhenXmlProlog (FXmlParser.XmlVersion, FXmlParser.Encoding, FXmlParser.Standalone);
+      ptComment   : WhenComment   (StrSFPas (FXmlParser.CurStart, FXmlParser.CurFinal));
+      ptPI        : WhenPI        (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurContent, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptDtdc      : WhenDtdRead   (FXmlParser.RootName);
+      ptStartTag  : WhenStartTag  (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptEmptyTag  : WhenEmptyTag  (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptEndTag    : WhenEndTag    (FXmlParser.CurName);
+      ptContent   : WhenContent   (FXmlParser.CurContent);
+      ptCData     : WhenCData     (FXmlParser.CurContent);
+      END;
+END;
+
+
+END.
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/logger.pas b/packages/sdl/src/logger.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad9b24e6ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/logger.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+unit logger;
+{
+  $Id: logger.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{                Error Logging Unit                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   Logging functions...                                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{               2001 - DL : Initial creation                                   }
+{         25/10/2001 - DRE : Added $M+ directive to allow published            }
+{                                in classes. Added a compile directive         }
+{                                around fmShareExclusive as this does not      }
+{                                exist in Free Pascal                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: logger.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.2  2006/11/26 16:58:04  savage
+  Modifed to create separate log files. Therefore each instance running from the same directory will have their own individual log file, prepended with a number.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT OFF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  TLogger = class
+  private
+    FFileHandle : TextFile;
+    FApplicationName : string;
+    FApplicationPath : string;
+  protected
+
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function GetApplicationName: string;
+    function GetApplicationPath: string;
+    procedure LogError( ErrorMessage : string; Location : string );
+    procedure LogWarning( WarningMessage : string; Location : string );
+    procedure LogStatus( StatusMessage : string; Location : string );
+  published
+    property ApplicationName : string read GetApplicationName;
+    property ApplicationPath : string read GetApplicationPath;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Log : TLogger;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TLogger }
+constructor TLogger.Create;
+var
+  FileName : string;
+  FileNo : integer;
+begin
+  FApplicationName := ExtractFileName( ParamStr(0) );
+  FApplicationPath := ExtractFilePath( ParamStr(0) );
+  FileName := FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' );
+  FileNo := 0;
+  while FileExists( FileName ) do
+  begin
+    inc( FileNo );
+    FileName := FApplicationPath + IntToStr( FileNo ) + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' )
+  end;
+  AssignFile( FFileHandle, FileName );
+  ReWrite( FFileHandle );
+  (*inherited Create( FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ),
+                    fmCreate {$IFNDEF FPC}or fmShareExclusive{$ENDIF} );*)
+end;
+
+destructor TLogger.Destroy;
+begin
+  CloseFile( FFileHandle );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TLogger.GetApplicationName: string;
+begin
+  result := FApplicationName;
+end;
+
+function TLogger.GetApplicationPath: string;
+begin
+  result := FApplicationPath;
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogError(ErrorMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := '*** ERROR *** : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + ErrorMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogStatus(StatusMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := 'STATUS INFO : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + StatusMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogWarning(WarningMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := '=== WARNING === : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + WarningMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+initialization
+begin
+  Log := TLogger.Create;
+  Log.LogStatus( 'Starting Application', 'Initialization' );
+end;
+
+finalization
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus( 'Terminating Application', 'Finalization' );
+  Log.Free;
+  Log := nil;
+end;
+
+end.
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/powersdl.inc b/packages/sdl/src/powersdl.inc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae17e266d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/powersdl.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+
+var PowerSDLBase : pLibrary;
+
+const
+    POWERSDLNAME : PChar = 'powersdl.library';
+
+function SDL_Init(flags : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 028;
+procedure SDL_RealQuit; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 034;
+function SDL_InitSubSystem(flags : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 040;
+procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem(flags : DWord); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 046;
+function SDL_WasInit(flags : DWord) : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 052;
+function SDL_RWFromFile(const file_ : pChar; const mode : pChar) : pSDL_RWops; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 058;
+function SDL_RWFromMem(mem : Pointer; size : LongInt) : pSDL_RWops; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 070;
+function SDL_AllocRW : pSDL_RWops; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 076;
+procedure SDL_FreeRW(area : pSDL_RWops); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 082;
+function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src : pSDL_RWops; freesrc : LongInt) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 088;
+function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface : pSDL_Surface) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 094;
+procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface : pSDL_Surface); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 100;
+function SDL_FillRect(dst : pSDL_Surface; dstrect : pSDL_Rect; color : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 106;
+function SDL_UpperBlit(src : pSDL_Surface; srcrect : pSDL_Rect; dst : pSDL_Surface; dstrect : pSDL_Rect) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 112;
+function SDL_Flip(screen : pSDL_Surface) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 118;
+procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen : pSDL_Surface; numrects : LongInt; rects : pSDL_Rect); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 124;
+procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen : pSDL_Surface; x : LongInt; y : LongInt; w : DWord; h : DWord); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 130;
+function SDL_SetVideoMode(width : LongInt; height : LongInt; bpp : LongInt; flags : DWord) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 142;
+function SDL_MapRGB(format : pSDL_PixelFormat; r : Byte; g : Byte; b : Byte) : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 148;
+function SDL_MapRGBA(format : pSDL_PixelFormat; r : Byte; g : Byte; b : Byte; a : Byte) : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 154;
+function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf : pChar; maxlen : LongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 160;
+function SDL_GetVideoSurface : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 166;
+function SDL_VideoModeOK(width : LongInt; height : LongInt; bpp : LongInt; flags : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 172;
+function SDL_ListModes(format : pSDL_PixelFormat; flags : DWord) : ppSDL_Rect; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 178;
+function SDL_SetGamma(red : LongInt; green : LongInt; blue : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 184;
+function SDL_SetGammaRamp(const red : LongInt; const green : LongInt; const blue : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 190;
+function SDL_GetGammaRamp(var red : Word; var green : Word; var blue : Word) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 196;
+function SDL_SetColors(surface : pSDL_Surface; colors : pSDL_Color; firstcolor : LongInt; ncolors : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 202;
+function SDL_SetPalette(surface : pSDL_Surface; flags : LongInt; colors : pSDL_Color; firstcolor : LongInt; ncolors : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 208;
+procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel : DWord; format : pSDL_PixelFormat; r : pChar; g : pChar; b : pChar); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 214;
+procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel : DWord; format : pSDL_PixelFormat; r : pChar; g : pChar; b : pChar; a : pChar); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 220;
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags : DWord; width : LongInt; height : LongInt; depth : LongInt; Rmask : DWord; Gmask : DWord; Bmask : DWord; Amask : DWord) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 226;
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels : Pointer; width : LongInt; height : LongInt; depth : LongInt; pitch : LongInt; Rmask : DWord; Gmask : DWord; Bmask : DWord; Amask : DWord) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 232;
+function SDL_LockSurface(surface : pSDL_Surface) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 238;
+procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface : pSDL_Surface); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 244;
+function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface : pSDL_Surface; dst : pSDL_RWops; freedst : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 250;
+function SDL_SetColorKey(surface : pSDL_Surface; flag : DWord; key : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 256;
+function SDL_SetAlpha(surface : pSDL_Surface; flag : DWord; alpha : Byte) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 262;
+function SDL_SetClipRect(surface : pSDL_Surface; const rect : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 268;
+procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface : pSDL_Surface; rect : pSDL_Rect); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 274;
+function SDL_ConvertSurface(src : pSDL_Surface; fmt : pSDL_PixelFormat; flags : DWord) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 280;
+function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface : pSDL_Surface) : pSDL_Surface; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 286;
+function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width : LongInt; height : LongInt; format : DWord; display : pSDL_Surface) : pSDL_Overlay; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 292;
+function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(overlay : pSDL_Overlay) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 298;
+procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(overlay : pSDL_Overlay); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 304;
+function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(overlay : pSDL_Overlay; dstrect : pSDL_Rect) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 310;
+procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(overlay : pSDL_Overlay); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 316;
+function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const path : pChar) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 322;
+function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const proc : pChar) : Pointer; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 328;
+function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr : LongInt; value : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 334;
+function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr : LongInt; value : pLongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 340;
+procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 346;
+procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects : LongInt; rects : pSDL_Rect); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 352;
+procedure SDL_GL_Lock; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 358;
+procedure SDL_GL_Unlock; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 364;
+procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption(const title : pChar; const icon : pChar); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 370;
+procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : pShortInt; var icon : pShortInt); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 376;
+procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon : pSDL_Surface; mask : pChar); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 382;
+function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 388;
+function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface : pSDL_Surface) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 394;
+function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 400;
+function SDL_GetTicks : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 406;
+procedure SDL_Delay(ms : DWord); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 412;
+function SDL_SetTimer(interval : DWord; callback : TProcedure) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 418;
+function SDL_AddTimer(interval : DWord; callback : TProcedure; param : Pointer) : tSDL_TimerID; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 424;
+function SDL_RemoveTimer(t : tSDL_TimerID) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 430;
+procedure SDL_PumpEvents; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 436;
+function SDL_PollEvent(event : pLongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 442;
+function SDL_WaitEvent(event : pLongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 448;
+function SDL_PeepEvents(events : pLongInt; numevents : LongInt; action : LongInt; mask : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 454;
+function SDL_PushEvent(event : pLongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 460;
+procedure SDL_SetEventFilter(filter : Pointer); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 466;
+function SDL_GetEventFilter : Pointer; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 472;
+function SDL_EventState(type_ : Byte; state : LongInt) : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 478;
+function SDL_NumJoysticks : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 484;
+function SDL_JoystickName(device_index : LongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 490;
+function SDL_JoystickOpen(device_index : LongInt) : pSDL_Joystick; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 496;
+function SDL_JoystickOpened(device_index : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 502;
+function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick : pSDL_Joystick) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 508;
+function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick : pSDL_Joystick) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 514;
+function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick : pSDL_Joystick) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 520;
+function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick : pSDL_Joystick) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 526;
+function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick : pSDL_Joystick) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 532;
+procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 538;
+function SDL_JoystickEventState(state : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 544;
+function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick : pSDL_Joystick; axis : LongInt) : Integer; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 550;
+function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick : pSDL_Joystick; hat : LongInt) : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 556;
+function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick : pSDL_Joystick; ball : LongInt; dx : pLongInt; dy : pLongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 562;
+function SDL_JoystickGetButton(joystick : pSDL_Joystick; button : LongInt) : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 568;
+procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick : pSDL_Joystick); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 574;
+function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 580;
+function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay : LongInt; interval : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 586;
+function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys : pLongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 592;
+function SDL_GetModState : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 598;
+procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate : LongInt); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 604;
+function SDL_GetKeyName(key : LongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 610;
+function SDL_GetMouseState(x : pLongInt; y : pLongInt) : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 616;
+function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(x : pLongInt; y : pLongInt) : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 622;
+procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x : Word; y : Word); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 628;
+function SDL_CreateCursor(data : pChar; mask : pChar; w : LongInt; h : LongInt; hot_x : LongInt; hot_y : LongInt) : pSDL_Cursor; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 634;
+procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor : pSDL_Cursor); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 640;
+function SDL_GetCursor : pSDL_Cursor; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 646;
+procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor : pSDL_Cursor); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 652;
+function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 658;
+function SDL_GetAppState : Byte; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 664;
+function SDL_GetError : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 676;
+procedure SDL_ClearError; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 682;
+function SDL_AudioInit(const driver_name : pChar) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 688;
+procedure SDL_AudioQuit; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 694;
+function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf : pChar; maxlen : LongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 700;
+function SDL_OpenAudio(desired : pSDL_AudioSpec; obtained : pSDL_AudioSpec) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 706;
+function SDL_GetAudioStatus : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 712;
+procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on : LongInt); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 718;
+function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src : pSDL_RWops; freesrc : LongInt; spec : pSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf : pByte; audio_len : PDWord) : pSDL_AudioSpec; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 724;
+procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf : pChar); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 730;
+function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt : pSDL_AudioCVT; src_format : Word; src_channels : Byte; src_rate : LongInt; dst_format : Word; dst_channels : Byte; dst_rate : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 736;
+function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt : pSDL_AudioCVT) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 742;
+procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst : pChar; const src : LongInt; len : DWord; volume : LongInt); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 748;
+procedure SDL_LockAudio; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 754;
+procedure SDL_UnlockAudio; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 760;
+procedure SDL_CloseAudio; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 766;
+function SDL_CreateThread(fn : TProcedure; data : Pointer) : pSDL_Thread; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 772;
+function SDL_ThreadID : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 778;
+function SDL_GetThreadID(thread : pSDL_Thread) : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 784;
+procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread : pSDL_Thread; status : pLongInt); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 790;
+procedure SDL_KillThread(thread : pSDL_Thread); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 796;
+function SDL_SoftStretch(src : pSDL_Surface; srcrect : pSDL_Rect; dest : pSDL_Surface; dstrect : pSDL_Rect) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 808;
+function SDL_UNIX2AMIGA(const file_ : pChar) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 814;
+function SDL_AMIGA_RWFromFile(const file_ : pChar; const mode : pChar) : pSDL_RWops; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 820;
+function SDL_AMIGA_RWFromFP(fp : LongInt; autoclose : LongInt) : pSDL_RWops; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 826;
+function SDL_CDNumDrives : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 832;
+function SDL_CDName(drive : LongInt) : pChar; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 838;
+function SDL_CDOpen(drive : LongInt) : pSDL_CD; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 844;
+function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom : pSDL_CD) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 850;
+function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom : pSDL_CD; sframe : LongInt; length : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 856;
+function SDL_CDPause(cdrom : pSDL_CD) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 862;
+function SDL_CDResume(cdrom : pSDL_CD) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 868;
+function SDL_CDStop(cdrom : pSDL_CD) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 874;
+function SDL_CDEject(cdrom : pSDL_CD) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 880;
+procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom : pSDL_CD); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 886;
+function SDL_CreateMutex : pSDL_mutex; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 892;
+procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex : pSDL_mutex); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 898;
+function SDL_mutexP(mutex : pSDL_mutex) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 904;
+function SDL_mutexV(mutex : pSDL_mutex) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 910;
+function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value : DWord) : pSDL_semaphore; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 916;
+procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem : pSDL_semaphore); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 922;
+function SDL_SemTryWait(sem : pSDL_semaphore) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 928;
+function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem : pSDL_semaphore; timeout : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 934;
+function SDL_SemWait(sem : pSDL_semaphore) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 940;
+function SDL_SemValue(sem : pSDL_semaphore) : DWord; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 946;
+function SDL_SemPost(sem : pSDL_semaphore) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 952;
+procedure SDL_Error(code : TSDL_errorcode); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 958;
+function SDL_CreateCond : pSDL_cond; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 964;
+procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond : pSDL_cond); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 970;
+function SDL_CondSignal(cond : pSDL_cond) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 976;
+function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond : pSDL_cond) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 982;
+function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond : pSDL_cond; mutex : pSDL_mutex; ms : DWord) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 988;
+function SDL_CondWait(cond : pSDL_cond; mutex : pSDL_mutex) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 994;
+procedure SDL_InitTGL(var glc : Pointer; var tgl : Pointer); syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1000;
+function SDL_HasAltiVec : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1096;
+function SDL_HasRDTSC : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1102;
+function SDL_HasMMX : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1108;
+function SDL_Has3DNow : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1114;
+function SDL_HasSSE : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1120;
+function SDL_HasMMXExt : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1126;
+function SDL_Has3DNowExt : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1132;
+function SDL_HasSSE2 : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1138;
+function SDL_LowerBlit(src : pSDL_Surface; srcrect : pSDL_Rect; dst : pSDL_Surface; dstrect : pSDL_Rect) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1144;
+function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom : pSDL_CD; strack : LongInt; sframe : LongInt; ntracks : LongInt; nframes : LongInt) : LongInt; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1150;
+procedure SDL_OpenPrefs; syscall basesysv PowerSDLBase 1156;
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5416d30b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,4288 @@
+unit sdl;
+{
+  $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.31 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{             Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004  Sam Lantinga                                        }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL.h                                               }
+{                          SDL_main.h                                          }
+{                          SDL_types.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_rwops.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_timer.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_audio.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_cdrom.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_joystick.h                                      }
+{                          SDL_mouse.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_keyboard.h                                      }
+{                          SDL_events.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_video.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_byteorder.h                                     }
+{                          SDL_version.h                                       }
+{                          SDL_active.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_thread.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_mutex .h                                        }
+{                          SDL_getenv.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_loadso.h                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>  His Project inspired this conversion       }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   May      08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard  State Array ( See demos for how to }
+{                           use )                                              }
+{                           PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;                      }
+{                           TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;           }
+{                           As most games will need it.                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April    02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version  }
+{                           1.2.0 compatability.                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility.                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES                     }
+{                           Changed the license header                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   July     22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions }
+{                           from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange.               }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and }
+{                           David Acklam                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from   }
+{                           Dean Ellis.                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon.                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon}
+{                           Rushton.                                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. }
+{                                                                              }
+{  December  11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in  }
+{                           Components                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias }
+{                           Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from          }
+{                           MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention       }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer &               }
+{                           SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias   }
+{                           Thoma.                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv  }
+{                           So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv    }
+{                           SDL_getenv, as they are more portable              }
+{                                                                              }
+{  March     05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users.      }
+{                                                                              }
+{  October   23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32.                    }
+{                           If you intend to you Delphi 3...                   }
+{                           ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you  }
+{                           remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other}
+{                           SDL files.                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ November  29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was    }
+{                          pointed out by Todd Lang                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.31  2007/05/29 21:30:48  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.30  2007/05/29 19:31:03  savage
+  Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold)
+
+  Revision 1.29  2007/05/20 20:29:11  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.26  2007/02/11 13:38:04  savage
+  Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean.
+
+  Revision 1.25  2006/12/02 00:12:52  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.24  2006/05/18 21:10:04  savage
+  Added 1.2.10 Changes
+
+  Revision 1.23  2005/12/04 23:17:52  drellis
+  Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8
+
+  Revision 1.22  2005/05/24 21:59:03  savage
+  Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis.
+
+  Revision 1.21  2005/05/22 18:42:31  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.20  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.19  2005/01/05 01:47:06  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.18  2005/01/04 23:14:41  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.17  2005/01/03 18:40:59  savage
+  Updated Version number to reflect latest one
+
+  Revision 1.16  2005/01/01 02:02:06  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.8
+
+  Revision 1.15  2004/12/24 18:57:11  savage
+  forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed
+
+  Revision 1.14  2004/12/23 23:42:18  savage
+  Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
+
+  Revision 1.13  2004/09/30 22:31:59  savage
+  Updated with slightly different header comments
+
+  Revision 1.12  2004/09/12 21:52:58  savage
+  Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.10  2004/07/20 23:57:33  savage
+  Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures.
+  In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2004/07/03 22:07:22  savage
+  Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/05/10 14:10:03  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/02/22 15:32:10  savage
+  SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/21 23:24:29  savage
+  SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug,
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/18 22:35:51  savage
+  Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
+  Thus...
+  Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
+
+  Add DLL/Shared object functions
+  function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+
+  Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
+  function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+
+  Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/17 21:37:12  savage
+  Tidying up of units
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  system,
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  wintypes,
+  {$ELSE}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  gpc;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Windows;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  pthreads,
+  baseunix,
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}    
+  unix,
+  {$ELSE}
+  unix;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+  x,
+  xlib;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ELSE}
+  Libc,
+  Xlib;
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+  GPCMacOSAll;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MORPHOS}
+  exec;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib';
+  {$linklib libSDL-1.2.0}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLLibName = 'SDL';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a';
+  {$linklib libSDL.a}
+  {$linklib libnds9.a}
+  {$linklib libc.a}
+  {$linklib libgcc.a}
+  {$linklib libsysbase.a}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MORPHOS}
+  SDLLibName = 'powersdl.library';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_verion.h constants
+  // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+  SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_PATCHLEVEL    = 11;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // SDL.h constants
+  SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER}
+  SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO}
+  SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO}
+  SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM}
+  SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK}
+  SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE}
+  SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD}
+  SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING}
+
+  // SDL_error.h constants
+  ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128;
+{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN}
+  ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS}
+
+  // SDL_types.h constants
+  SDL_PRESSED = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED}
+  SDL_RELEASED = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED}
+
+  // SDL_timer.h constants
+  // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds
+  SDL_TIMESLICE = 10;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE}
+  // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms
+  TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined
+{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION}
+
+  // SDL_audio.h constants
+  AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8}
+  AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8}
+  AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB}
+  AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB}
+  AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB}
+  AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB}
+  AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16}
+  AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16}
+
+
+  // SDL_cdrom.h constants
+  // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk
+  SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS}
+  // The types of CD-ROM track possible
+  SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK}
+  SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK}
+
+  // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
+  CD_FPS = 75;
+{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS}
+  // SDL_byteorder.h constants
+  // The two types of endianness
+  SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN}
+  SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN}
+
+{$IFDEF IA32}
+
+  SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
+  // Native audio byte ordering
+  AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
+  AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
+
+{$ELSE}
+
+  SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
+  // Native audio byte ordering
+  AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
+  AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+  SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME}
+
+  // SDL_joystick.h constants
+  MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS}
+  MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES}
+  MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS}
+  AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate
+{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN}
+  AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate
+{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX}
+  JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD}
+  //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n)        (1<<n)
+  // array to hold joystick ID values
+  //static UInt        SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
+  //static JOYCAPS        SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
+
+  { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
+    The return value is one of the following positions: }
+  SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED}
+  SDL_HAT_UP = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT}
+  SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN}
+
+  // SDL_events.h constants
+  SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT}
+  SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT}
+  SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN}
+  SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP}
+  SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP}
+  SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP}
+  SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict )
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT}
+  SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED}
+  SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE}
+  SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7}
+  // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use
+  SDL_USEREVENT = 24;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT}
+  // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
+  // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32
+  SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS}
+
+  SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS}
+
+  SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or
+    1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK}
+  SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK}
+  SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK}
+  SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK}
+
+  { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
+    from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
+    current processing state of the specified event. }
+
+  SDL_QUERY = -1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY}
+  SDL_IGNORE = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE}
+  SDL_DISABLE = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE}
+  SDL_ENABLE = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE}
+
+  //SDL_keyboard.h constants
+  // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings
+  SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS}
+
+{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat.  Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
+  'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
+  pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
+  'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. }
+
+  SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY}
+  SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL}
+
+  // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII
+  SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN}
+  SDLK_FIRST = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST}
+  SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE}
+  SDLK_TAB = 9;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB}
+  SDLK_CLEAR = 12;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR}
+  SDLK_RETURN = 13;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN}
+  SDLK_PAUSE = 19;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE}
+  SDLK_ESCAPE = 27;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE}
+  SDLK_SPACE = 32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE}
+  SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM}
+  SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL}
+  SDLK_HASH = 35;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH}
+  SDLK_DOLLAR = 36;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR}
+  SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND}
+  SDLK_QUOTE = 39;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE}
+  SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN}
+  SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN}
+  SDLK_ASTERISK = 42;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK}
+  SDLK_PLUS = 43;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS}
+  SDLK_COMMA = 44;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA}
+  SDLK_MINUS = 45;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS}
+  SDLK_PERIOD = 46;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD}
+  SDLK_SLASH = 47;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH}
+  SDLK_0 = 48;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0}
+  SDLK_1 = 49;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1}
+  SDLK_2 = 50;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2}
+  SDLK_3 = 51;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3}
+  SDLK_4 = 52;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4}
+  SDLK_5 = 53;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5}
+  SDLK_6 = 54;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6}
+  SDLK_7 = 55;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7}
+  SDLK_8 = 56;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8}
+  SDLK_9 = 57;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9}
+  SDLK_COLON = 58;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON}
+  SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON}
+  SDLK_LESS = 60;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS}
+  SDLK_EQUALS = 61;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS}
+  SDLK_GREATER = 62;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER}
+  SDLK_QUESTION = 63;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION}
+  SDLK_AT = 64;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT}
+
+  { Skip uppercase letters }
+
+  SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET}
+  SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH}
+  SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET}
+  SDLK_CARET = 94;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET}
+  SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE}
+  SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE}
+  SDLK_a = 97;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a}
+  SDLK_b = 98;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b}
+  SDLK_c = 99;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c}
+  SDLK_d = 100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d}
+  SDLK_e = 101;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e}
+  SDLK_f = 102;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f}
+  SDLK_g = 103;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g}
+  SDLK_h = 104;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h}
+  SDLK_i = 105;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i}
+  SDLK_j = 106;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j}
+  SDLK_k = 107;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k}
+  SDLK_l = 108;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l}
+  SDLK_m = 109;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m}
+  SDLK_n = 110;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n}
+  SDLK_o = 111;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o}
+  SDLK_p = 112;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p}
+  SDLK_q = 113;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q}
+  SDLK_r = 114;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r}
+  SDLK_s = 115;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s}
+  SDLK_t = 116;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t}
+  SDLK_u = 117;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u}
+  SDLK_v = 118;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v}
+  SDLK_w = 119;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w}
+  SDLK_x = 120;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x}
+  SDLK_y = 121;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y}
+  SDLK_z = 122;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z}
+  SDLK_DELETE = 127;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE}
+  // End of ASCII mapped keysyms
+
+  // International keyboard syms
+  SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0}
+  SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1}
+  SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2}
+  SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3}
+  SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4}
+  SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5}
+  SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6}
+  SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7}
+  SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8}
+  SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9}
+  SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10}
+  SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11}
+  SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12}
+  SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13}
+  SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14}
+  SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15}
+  SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16}
+  SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17}
+  SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18}
+  SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19}
+  SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20}
+  SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21}
+  SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22}
+  SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23}
+  SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24}
+  SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25}
+  SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26}
+  SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27}
+  SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28}
+  SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29}
+  SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30}
+  SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31}
+  SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32}
+  SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33}
+  SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34}
+  SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35}
+  SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36}
+  SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37}
+  SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38}
+  SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39}
+  SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40}
+  SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41}
+  SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42}
+  SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43}
+  SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44}
+  SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45}
+  SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46}
+  SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47}
+  SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48}
+  SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49}
+  SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50}
+  SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51}
+  SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52}
+  SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53}
+  SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54}
+  SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55}
+  SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56}
+  SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57}
+  SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58}
+  SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59}
+  SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60}
+  SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61}
+  SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62}
+  SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63}
+  SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64}
+  SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65}
+  SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66}
+  SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67}
+  SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68}
+  SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69}
+  SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70}
+  SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71}
+  SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72}
+  SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73}
+  SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74}
+  SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75}
+  SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76}
+  SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77}
+  SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78}
+  SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79}
+  SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80}
+  SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81}
+  SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82}
+  SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83}
+  SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84}
+  SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85}
+  SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86}
+  SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87}
+  SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88}
+  SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89}
+  SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90}
+  SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91}
+  SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92}
+  SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93}
+  SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94}
+  SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95}
+
+  // Numeric keypad
+  SDLK_KP0 = 256;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0}
+  SDLK_KP1 = 257;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1}
+  SDLK_KP2 = 258;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2}
+  SDLK_KP3 = 259;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3}
+  SDLK_KP4 = 260;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4}
+  SDLK_KP5 = 261;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5}
+  SDLK_KP6 = 262;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6}
+  SDLK_KP7 = 263;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7}
+  SDLK_KP8 = 264;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8}
+  SDLK_KP9 = 265;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9}
+  SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD}
+  SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE}
+  SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY}
+  SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS}
+  SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS}
+  SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER}
+  SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS}
+
+  // Arrows + Home/End pad
+  SDLK_UP = 273;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP}
+  SDLK_DOWN = 274;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN}
+  SDLK_RIGHT = 275;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT}
+  SDLK_LEFT = 276;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT}
+  SDLK_INSERT = 277;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT}
+  SDLK_HOME = 278;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME}
+  SDLK_END = 279;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END}
+  SDLK_PAGEUP = 280;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP}
+  SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN}
+
+  // Function keys
+  SDLK_F1 = 282;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1}
+  SDLK_F2 = 283;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2}
+  SDLK_F3 = 284;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3}
+  SDLK_F4 = 285;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4}
+  SDLK_F5 = 286;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5}
+  SDLK_F6 = 287;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6}
+  SDLK_F7 = 288;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7}
+  SDLK_F8 = 289;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8}
+  SDLK_F9 = 290;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9}
+  SDLK_F10 = 291;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10}
+  SDLK_F11 = 292;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11}
+  SDLK_F12 = 293;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12}
+  SDLK_F13 = 294;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13}
+  SDLK_F14 = 295;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14}
+  SDLK_F15 = 296;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15}
+
+  // Key state modifier keys
+  SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK}
+  SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK}
+  SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK}
+  SDLK_RSHIFT = 303;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT}
+  SDLK_LSHIFT = 304;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT}
+  SDLK_RCTRL = 305;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL}
+  SDLK_LCTRL = 306;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL}
+  SDLK_RALT = 307;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT}
+  SDLK_LALT = 308;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT}
+  SDLK_RMETA = 309;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA}
+  SDLK_LMETA = 310;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA}
+  SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER}
+  SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER}
+  SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE}
+  SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE}
+
+  // Miscellaneous function keys
+  SDLK_HELP = 315;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP}
+  SDLK_PRINT = 316;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT}
+  SDLK_SYSREQ = 317;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ}
+  SDLK_BREAK = 318;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK}
+  SDLK_MENU = 319;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU}
+  SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER}
+  SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO}
+
+{$IFDEF GP2X}
+SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP}
+SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_START = 8;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START}
+SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT}
+SDLK_GP2X_L = 10;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L}
+SDLK_GP2X_R = 11;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R}
+SDLK_GP2X_A = 12;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A}
+SDLK_GP2X_B = 13;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B}
+SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y}
+SDLK_GP2X_X = 15;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X}
+SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP}
+SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN}
+SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together)
+  KMOD_NONE = $0000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE}
+  KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT}
+  KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT}
+  KMOD_LCTRL = $0040;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL}
+  KMOD_RCTRL = $0080;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL}
+  KMOD_LALT = $0100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT}
+  KMOD_RALT = $0200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT}
+  KMOD_LMETA = $0400;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA}
+  KMOD_RMETA = $0800;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA}
+  KMOD_NUM = $1000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM}
+  KMOD_CAPS = $2000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS}
+  KMOD_MODE = 44000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE}
+  KMOD_RESERVED = $8000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED}
+
+  KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL}
+  KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT}
+  KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT}
+  KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META}
+
+  //SDL_video.h constants
+  // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
+  SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE}
+  SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT}
+
+  // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface
+  // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode()
+  SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE}
+  SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE}
+  SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT}
+  // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode()
+  SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT}
+  SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE}
+  SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF}
+  SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN}
+  SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL}
+  SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT}
+  SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE}
+  SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME}
+  // Used internally (read-only)
+  SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL}
+  SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY}
+  SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK}
+  SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL}
+  SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA}
+  SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING}
+  SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC}
+
+  { The most common video overlay formats.
+    For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
+    http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
+
+   For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
+   http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html }
+
+  SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U  (3 planes)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V  (3 planes)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY}
+
+  // flags for SDL_SetPalette()
+  SDL_LOGPAL = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL}
+  SDL_PHYSPAL = $02;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL}
+
+  //SDL_mouse.h constants
+  { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
+    Button 1:	Left mouse button
+    Button 2:	Middle mouse button
+    Button 3:	Right mouse button
+    Button 4:	Mouse Wheel Up
+    Button 5:	Mouse Wheel Down
+  }
+  SDL_BUTTON_LEFT = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT}
+  SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE}
+  SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT = 3;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT}
+  SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP = 4;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP}
+  SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN}
+  SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_RMask = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMask}
+
+  // SDL_active.h constants
+  // The available application states
+  SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS}
+  SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS}
+  SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE}
+
+  // SDL_mutex.h constants
+  // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
+  //  they time out.
+
+  SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT}
+
+  // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out
+  SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT}
+
+  {TSDL_GrabMode = (
+    SDL_GRAB_QUERY,
+    SDL_GRAB_OFF,
+    SDL_GRAB_ON,
+    SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN	); // Used internally}
+  SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1;
+  SDL_GRAB_OFF   = 0;
+  SDL_GRAB_ON    = 1;
+  //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally
+
+type
+  THandle = Cardinal;
+  //SDL_types.h types
+  // Basic data types
+
+  SDL_Bool  = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE);
+  TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool;
+
+  PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array;
+  PUInt8 = ^UInt8;
+  PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8;
+  UInt8 = Byte;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8}
+  TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8;
+
+  PUInt16 = ^UInt16;
+  UInt16 = word;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16}
+
+  PSInt8 = ^SInt8;
+  SInt8 = Shortint;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8}
+
+  PSInt16 = ^SInt16;
+  SInt16 = smallint;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16}
+
+  PUInt32 = ^UInt32;
+  UInt32 = Cardinal;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32}
+
+  SInt32 = Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32}
+
+  PInt = ^Integer;
+
+  PShortInt = ^ShortInt;
+
+  PUInt64 = ^UInt64;
+  UInt64 = record
+    hi: UInt32;
+    lo: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64}
+
+  PSInt64 = ^SInt64;
+  SInt64 = record
+    hi: UInt32;
+    lo: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64}
+
+  TSDL_GrabMode = Integer;
+
+  // SDL_error.h types
+  TSDL_errorcode = (
+    SDL_ENOMEM,
+    SDL_EFREAD,
+    SDL_EFWRITE,
+    SDL_EFSEEK,
+    SDL_LASTERROR);
+
+  SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode}
+
+  TArg = record
+    case Byte of
+      0: (value_ptr: Pointer);
+      (* #if 0 means: never
+      1 :  ( value_c : Byte );
+      *)
+      2: (value_i: Integer);
+      3: (value_f: double);
+      4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte);
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error;
+  TSDL_error = record
+    { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error }
+    error: Integer;
+
+    { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing
+       internationalized versions of the SDL error messages.  If the key
+       is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is
+       used directly as an error message format string. }
+    key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte;
+
+    { These are the arguments for the error functions }
+    argc: Integer;
+    args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg;
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_rwops.h types
+  // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic
+  // some helper types to handle the unions
+  // "packed" is only guessed
+
+  TStdio = record
+    autoclose: Integer;
+   // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer
+    fp: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  TMem = record
+    base: PUInt8;
+    here: PUInt8;
+    stop: PUInt8;
+  end;
+
+  TUnknown = record
+    data1: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // first declare the pointer type
+  PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops;
+  // now the pointer to function types
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
+  TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;  cdecl;
+  TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
+  TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer;
+  TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;
+  TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer;
+  TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  // the variant record itself
+  TSDL_RWops = record
+    seek: TSeek;
+    read: TRead;
+    write: TWrite;
+    close: TClose;
+    // a keyword as name is not allowed
+    type_: UInt32;
+    // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point
+    case Integer of
+      0: (stdio: TStdio);
+      1: (mem: TMem);
+      2: (unknown: TUnknown);
+  end;
+
+  SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops}
+
+
+  // SDL_timer.h types
+  // Function prototype for the timer callback function
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+ { New timer API, supports multiple timers
+   Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> }
+
+ { Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
+   The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
+   the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the same as the one
+   passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
+   scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  // Definition of the timer ID type
+  PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID;
+  TSDL_TimerID = record
+    interval: UInt32;
+    callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback;
+    param: Pointer;
+    last_alarm: UInt32;
+    next: PSDL_TimerID;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_audio.h types
+  // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio()
+  PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec;
+  TSDL_AudioSpec = record
+    freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second
+    format: UInt16; // Audio data format
+    channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo
+    silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated)
+    samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples
+    padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments
+    size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated)
+    { This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
+      'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
+      'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
+      Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
+      Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.}
+    callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback;
+    userdata: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers
+  PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT;
+
+  PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
+  TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record
+    cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT;
+    format: UInt16;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
+  TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
+
+  TSDL_AudioCVT = record
+    needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible
+    src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format
+    dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format
+    rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment
+    buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data
+    len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer
+    len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer
+    len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big
+    len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio
+    filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
+    filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function
+  end;
+
+  TSDL_Audiostatus = (
+    SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
+    );
+
+  // SDL_cdrom.h types
+  TSDL_CDStatus = (
+    CD_ERROR,
+    CD_TRAYEMPTY,
+    CD_STOPPED,
+    CD_PLAYING,
+    CD_PAUSED );
+
+  PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack;
+  TSDL_CDTrack = record
+    id: UInt8; // Track number
+    type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track
+    unused: UInt16;
+    length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track
+    offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk
+  end;
+
+  // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus()
+  PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD;
+  TSDL_CD = record
+    id: Integer; // Private drive identifier
+    status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status
+
+    // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive
+    numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk
+    cur_track: Integer; // Current track position
+    cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track
+    track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack;
+  end;
+
+  //SDL_joystick.h types
+  PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis;
+  TTransAxis = record
+    offset: Integer;
+    scale: single;
+  end;
+
+  // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick
+  PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata;
+  TJoystick_hwdata = record
+    // joystick ID
+    id: Integer;
+    // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into  SDL-standard ranges
+    transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis;
+  end;
+
+  PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta;
+  TBallDelta = record
+    dx: Integer;
+    dy: Integer;
+  end; // Current ball motion deltas
+
+  // The SDL joystick structure
+  PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick;
+  TSDL_Joystick = record
+    index: UInt8; // Device index
+    name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent
+
+    naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick
+    axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states
+
+    nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick
+    hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states
+
+    nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick
+    balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas
+
+    nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick
+    buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states
+
+    hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information
+
+    ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_verion.h types
+  PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version;
+  TSDL_version = record
+    major: UInt8;
+    minor: UInt8;
+    patch: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_keyboard.h types
+  TSDLKey = LongWord;
+
+  TSDLMod = LongWord;
+
+  PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym;
+  TSDL_KeySym = record
+    scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode
+    sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym
+    modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers
+    unicode: UInt16; // translated character
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_events.h types
+  {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+   If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
+   the back of the event queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
+   be removed from the queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
+   removed from the queue.
+   This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
+   if there was an error.  This function is thread-safe. }
+
+  TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT);
+
+  // Application visibility event structure
+  TSDL_ActiveEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT
+    gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0)
+    state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states
+  end;
+
+  // Keyboard event structure
+  TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP
+    which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index
+    state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+    keysym: TSDL_KeySym;
+  end;
+
+  // Mouse motion event structure
+  TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
+    state: UInt8; // The current button state
+    x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse
+    xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
+    yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
+  end;
+
+  // Mouse button event structure
+  TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;  // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP
+    which: UInt8;  // The mouse device index
+    button: UInt8; // The mouse button index
+    state: UInt8;  // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+    x: UInt16;     // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time
+    y: UInt16;     // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick axis motion event structure
+  TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index
+    value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767)
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick trackball motion event structure
+  TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index
+    xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
+    yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick hat position change event structure
+  TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */
+    hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */
+    value: UInt8; { The hat position value:
+                    8   1   2
+                    7   0   3
+                    6   5   4
+
+                    Note that zero means the POV is centered. }
+
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick button event structure
+  TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    button: UInt8; // The joystick button index
+    state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+  end;
+
+  { The "window resized" event
+    When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
+    mode with the new width and height. }
+  TSDL_ResizeEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE
+    w: Integer; // New width
+    h: Integer; // New height
+  end;
+
+  // The "quit requested" event
+  PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent;
+  TSDL_QuitEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  // A user-defined event type
+  PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent;
+  TSDL_UserEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1
+    code: Integer; // User defined event code */
+    data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
+    data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
+  end;
+
+  // The "screen redraw" event
+  PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent;
+  TSDL_ExposeEvent = record
+    type_ : Uint8;        // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE
+  end;
+
+ {$IFDEF Unix}
+ //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX
+  TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+// The windows custom event structure
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version: TSDL_version;
+    h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message
+    msg: UInt; // The type of message
+    w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter
+    lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+{ The Linux custom event structure }
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version : TSDL_version;
+    subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
+    {$IFDEF FPC}
+    {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+    event : TXEvent;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+    event : XEvent;
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+{ The generic custom event structure }
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version: TSDL_version;
+    data: Integer;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// The Windows custom window manager information structure
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+    version : TSDL_version;
+    window : HWnd;	// The display window
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+
+// The Linux custom window manager information structure
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+  TX11 = record
+    display : PDisplay;	// The X11 display
+    window : TWindow ;		// The X11 display window */
+    {* These locking functions should be called around
+       any X11 functions using the display variable.
+       They lock the event thread, so should not be
+       called around event functions or from event filters.
+     *}
+    lock_func : Pointer;
+    unlock_func : Pointer;
+
+    // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2
+    fswindow : TWindow ;	// The X11 fullscreen window */
+    wmwindow : TWindow ;	// The X11 managed input window */
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+     version : TSDL_version ;
+     subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
+     {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+     X11 : TX11;
+     {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+  // The generic custom window manager information structure
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+    version : TSDL_version ;
+    data : integer;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent;
+  TSDL_SysWMEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;
+    msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event;
+  TSDL_Event = record
+    case UInt8 of
+      SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte);
+      SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent);
+      SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent);
+      SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent);
+      SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent );
+      SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent );
+      SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent );
+      SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent );
+      SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent );
+      SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent );
+      SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent );
+      SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent );
+      SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent );
+  end;
+
+
+{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
+  change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
+
+  The filter is protypted as: }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_video.h types
+  // Useful data types
+  PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect;
+  PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect;
+  TSDL_Rect = record
+    x, y: SInt16;
+    w, h: UInt16;
+  end;
+
+  SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect}
+
+  PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color;
+  TSDL_Color = record
+    r: UInt8;
+    g: UInt8;
+    b: UInt8;
+    unused: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray;
+  TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color;
+
+  PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette;
+  TSDL_Palette = record
+    ncolors: Integer;
+    colors: PSDL_ColorArray;
+  end;
+
+  // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only
+  PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat;
+  TSDL_PixelFormat = record
+    palette: PSDL_Palette;
+    BitsPerPixel: UInt8;
+    BytesPerPixel: UInt8;
+    Rloss: UInt8;
+    Gloss: UInt8;
+    Bloss: UInt8;
+    Aloss: UInt8;
+    Rshift: UInt8;
+    Gshift: UInt8;
+    Bshift: UInt8;
+    Ashift: UInt8;
+    RMask: UInt32;
+    GMask: UInt32;
+    BMask: UInt32;
+    AMask: UInt32;
+    colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information
+    alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha)
+  end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata;
+  TPrivate_hwdata = record
+    dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
+    dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
+  end;}
+  {ELSE}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // The structure passed to the low level blit functions
+  PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo;
+  TSDL_BlitInfo = record
+    s_pixels: PUInt8;
+    s_width: Integer;
+    s_height: Integer;
+    s_skip: Integer;
+    d_pixels: PUInt8;
+    d_width: Integer;
+    d_height: Integer;
+    d_skip: Integer;
+    aux_data: Pointer;
+    src: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+    table: PUInt8;
+    dst: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+  end;
+
+  // typedef for private surface blitting functions
+  PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // The type definition for the low level blit functions
+  //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl;
+
+  // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits
+  {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel;
+  TPrivate_swaccel = record
+    blit : TSDL_LoBlit;
+    aux_data : Pointer;
+  end;}
+
+  // Blit mapping definition
+  {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap;
+  TSDL_BlitMap = record
+    dst : PSDL_Surface;
+    identity : Integer;
+    table : PUInt8;
+    hw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
+    sw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
+    hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel;
+    sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel;
+
+    // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping
+    format_version : Cardinal;
+  end;}
+
+  TSDL_Surface = record
+    flags: UInt32; // Read-only
+    format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only
+    w, h: Integer; // Read-only
+    pitch: UInt16; // Read-only
+    pixels: Pointer; // Read-write
+    offset: Integer; // Private
+    hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata;  Hardware-specific surface info
+
+    // clipping information:
+    clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only
+    unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility
+    // Allow recursive locks
+    locked: UInt32; // Private
+    // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces
+    Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; //   Private
+    // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps
+    format_version: Cardinal; // Private
+    refcount: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities
+  PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo;
+  TSDL_VideoInfo = record
+    hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below )
+    {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces
+    wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager?
+    UnusedBits1: 6;}
+    blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what
+    {UnusedBits2: 1;
+    blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits HW --> HW
+    blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Colorkey
+    blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Alpha
+    blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits SW --> HW
+    blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Colorkey
+    blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Alpha
+    blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated color fill}
+    UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point
+    video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K)
+    vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface
+    current_w : SInt32;	// Value: The current video mode width
+	  current_h : SInt32;	// Value: The current video mode height
+  end;
+
+  // The YUV hardware video overlay
+  PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay;
+  TSDL_Overlay = record
+    format: UInt32; // Overlay format
+    w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay
+    planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3
+    pitches: PUInt16;
+      // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes.
+    pixels: PPUInt8;
+      // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used.
+    hw_overlay: UInt32;
+      // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated.
+  end;
+
+  // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes.
+  TSDL_GLAttr = (
+    SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
+    SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STEREO,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
+    SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
+    SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL);
+
+
+
+  PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor;
+  TSDL_Cursor = record
+    area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor
+    hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor
+    data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data
+    mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask
+    save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area
+    wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor
+  end;
+
+// SDL_mutex.h types
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_Mutex = record
+    id: THANDLE;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_mutex = record
+    id: pthread_mutex_t;
+{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX}
+    recursive: Integer;
+    owner: pthread_t;
+{$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_Mutex = record
+    recursive: Integer;
+    Owner: UInt32;
+    sem: PSDL_sem;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MORPHOS}
+  PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_Mutex = record
+{$WARNING FIXME!!}
+    dummy: longint;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+  {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
+  // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */
+  {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore;
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  // WINDOWS or Machintosh
+  TSDL_semaphore = record
+    id: THANDLE;
+    count: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // This should be semaphore.h 
+  __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous }
+    status: Longint;
+    spinlock: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  sem_t = {packed} record
+    __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t;
+    __sem_value: Integer;
+    __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;}
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  TSDL_semaphore = record
+    sem: Pointer; //PSem_t;
+  {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
+    sem_data: Sem_t;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
+    { This is a little hack for MacOS X -
+      It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing }
+    sem_value: Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem;
+  TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore;
+
+  PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond;
+  TSDL_Cond = record
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+    cond: pthread_cond_t;
+{$ELSE}
+    // Generic Cond structure
+    lock: PSDL_mutex;
+    waiting: Integer;
+    signals: Integer;
+    wait_sem: PSDL_Sem;
+    wait_done: PSDL_Sem;
+{$ENDIF}
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_thread.h types
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MORPHOS}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = Pointer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  { This is the system-independent thread info structure }
+  PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread;
+  TSDL_Thread = record
+    threadid: UInt32;
+    handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle;
+    status: Integer;
+    errbuf: TSDL_Error;
+    data: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // Helper Types
+
+  // Keyboard  State Array ( See demos for how to use )
+  PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;
+  TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;
+
+  // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas
+  PInteger = ^Integer;
+  PByte = ^Byte;
+  PWord = ^Word;
+  PLongWord = ^Longword;
+
+  // General arrays
+  PByteArray = ^TByteArray;
+  TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte;
+
+  PWordArray = ^TWordArray;
+  TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word;
+
+  PPoint = ^TPoint;
+  {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  TPoint = Types.TPoint;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+      {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+      TPoint = wintypes.TPoint;
+      {$ELSE}
+      TPoint = Windows.TPoint;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+      //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available.
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  PRect = ^TRect;
+  {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  TRect = Types.TRect;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+      {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+      TRect = wintypes.TRect;
+      {$ELSE}
+      TRect = Windows.TRect;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+      //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available.
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  { Generic procedure pointer }
+  TProcedure = procedure;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ initialization                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
+  the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
+  Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
+  signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) }
+
+{$IFDEF MORPHOS}
+{$I powersdl.inc}
+{$ELSE}
+function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init}
+
+// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
+function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem}
+
+// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
+procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem}
+
+{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
+  been initialized.
+  If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. }
+
+function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit}
+
+{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
+  dynamically linked library.  You should call it upon all exit conditions. }
+procedure SDL_Quit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any
+function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+// This should be called from your main() function, if any
+procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ types }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// The number of elements in a table
+function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE}
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ error-handling }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// Public functions
+function SDL_GetError: PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError}
+procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError}
+procedure SDL_ClearError;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError}
+
+{$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
+procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// Private error message function - used internally
+procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ io handling                                                                  }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources
+
+function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile}
+procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW}
+
+//fp is FILE *fp ???
+function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP}
+function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem}
+function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem}
+function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW}
+
+function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek}
+function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell}
+function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead}
+function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite}
+function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ time-handling                                                                }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. }
+{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. }
+function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks}
+
+// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning
+procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay}
+
+{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. }
+{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.      }
+function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer}
+
+{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. }
+{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. }
+function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer}
+
+function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ audio-routines                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+  have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
+  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). }
+
+function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit}
+procedure SDL_AudioQuit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit}
+
+{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+  current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has
+  been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
+
+function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName}
+
+{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
+  returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
+  structure pointed to by 'obtained'.  If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
+  data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
+  requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
+  audio format if necessary.  This function returns -1 if it failed
+  to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
+
+  When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
+   'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
+   'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
+   'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
+      This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
+      driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.  Good values seem to
+      range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
+      CPU speed.  Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
+      to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
+      fill the audio buffer in time.  A stereo sample consists of both right
+      and left channels in LR ordering.
+      Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
+      following formula:  ms = (samples*1000)/freq
+   'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
+      calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+   'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
+      and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+   'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
+      when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
+      to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
+      This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
+      protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
+      and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
+   'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+      function.
+
+  The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
+  be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
+  for your audio callback function to be called.  Since the audio driver
+  may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
+  any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. }
+
+function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio}
+
+{ Get the current audio state: }
+function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus}
+
+{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
+  It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
+  device to start playing sound.  This is so you can safely initialize
+  data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
+  Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. }
+
+procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio}
+
+{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
+  that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero.  For example, to load a WAVE file,
+  you could do:
+  SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
+
+  If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
+  filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
+  'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
+  and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
+  You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
+  done with it.
+
+  This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
+  wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
+  corrupt.  Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. }
+
+function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec:
+  PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW}
+
+// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file
+function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf:
+  PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV}
+
+{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() }
+
+procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV}
+
+{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
+  and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
+  by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
+  to the other.
+  This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16;
+  src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8;
+  dst_rate: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT}
+
+{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
+  created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
+  audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
+  to the desired format.
+  The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
+  cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
+  SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. }
+function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio}
+
+{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
+  them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
+  The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+  for full audio volume.  Note this does not change hardware volume.
+  This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. }
+
+procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio}
+
+{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
+  During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
+  callback function is not running.  Do not call these from the callback
+  function or you will cause deadlock. }
+procedure SDL_LockAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio}
+procedure SDL_UnlockAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio}
+
+{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. }
+
+procedure SDL_CloseAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ CD-routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
+  SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. }
+
+function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives}
+
+{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
+   Example:
+   "/dev/cdrom"
+   "E:"
+   "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" }
+
+function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName}
+
+{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access.  It returns a drive handle on success,
+  or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy.  This newly opened CD-ROM
+  becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
+  CD-ROM handle.
+  Drives are numbered starting with 0.  Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. }
+
+function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen}
+
+{ This function returns the current status of the given drive.
+  If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
+  play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. }
+
+function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus}
+
+{  Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
+   tracks and 'nframes' frames.  If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
+   until the end of the CD.  This function will skip data tracks.
+   This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
+   get track information about the CD.
+
+   For example:
+   // Play entire CD:
+  if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+   // Play last track:
+   if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
+   begin
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
+   end;
+
+   // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
+   if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
+
+   This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame:
+  Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks}
+
+
+{  Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
+   It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay}
+
+// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause}
+
+// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume}
+
+// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop}
+
+// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject}
+
+// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive
+procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose}
+
+// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive
+function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive}
+
+// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
+procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
+  F: Integer);
+{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF}
+function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ JoyStick-routines                                                            }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system }
+function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks}
+
+{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. }
+function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName}
+
+{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
+  the N'th joystick on the system.  This index is the value which will
+  identify this joystick in future joystick events.
+
+  This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. }
+function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen}
+
+{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. }
+function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened}
+
+{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. }
+function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex}
+
+{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes}
+
+{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
+  Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
+  with them and their state cannot be polled. }
+function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls}
+
+
+{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats}
+
+{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons}
+
+{ Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+  This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
+  events are enabled. }
+
+procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;}
+
+{ Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+  If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+  yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
+  information.
+  The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState}
+
+{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
+  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+  The axis indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis}
+
+{ The hat indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat}
+
+{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll
+  This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
+  The ball indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall}
+
+{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick
+  The button indices start at index 0. }
+function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton}
+
+{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() }
+procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ event-handling }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+  This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+  This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. }
+
+procedure SDL_PumpEvents;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;}
+
+{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+  If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
+  the back of the event queue.
+  If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+  of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
+  be removed from the queue.
+  If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+  of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
+  removed from the queue.
+  This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
+  if there was an error.  This function is thread-safe. }
+
+function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents}
+
+{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
+   events, or 0 if there are none available.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
+
+function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent}
+
+{  Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
+   was an error while waiting for events.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
+
+function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent}
+
+function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent}
+
+{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
+  If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
+  internal state will still be updated.  This allows selective filtering of
+  dynamically arriving events.
+
+  WARNING:  Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
+            it may run in a different thread!
+
+  There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type.  The
+  event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+  application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
+  be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+  If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
+  internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. }
+procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter}
+
+{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
+  If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. }
+
+function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter}
+
+{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
+  from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
+  current processing state of the specified event. }
+
+function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Version Routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL library. }
+procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION}
+
+{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
+   (1,2,3) -> (1203)
+   This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels }
+
+function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM}
+
+// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version
+function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION}
+
+// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z
+function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
+  it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+  use the SDL_Version() macro. }
+
+function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ video                                                                        }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+  have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
+  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+
+  SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
+  to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
+  pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
+  Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
+
+  If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
+  SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
+  you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. }
+
+function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit}
+procedure SDL_VideoQuit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit}
+
+{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+  video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
+  been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
+
+function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName}
+
+{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
+  If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
+  function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
+  surface. }
+
+function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface}
+
+{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
+  video hardware.  If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
+  member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
+  "best" video mode. }
+function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo}
+
+{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
+  It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
+  or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
+  given width and height.  If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
+  one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
+  but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
+
+  The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
+  SDL_SetVideoMode() }
+
+function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK}
+
+{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
+  given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest.  Returns
+  NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
+  or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
+
+  if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
+  by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt }
+
+function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes}
+
+
+{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
+
+  If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
+
+  If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
+  requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
+  available.  The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
+  is not natively available.
+
+  If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
+  video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
+  in order to access the raw framebuffer.  Otherwise, the video surface
+  will be created in system memory.
+
+  If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
+  updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
+  SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
+
+  If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
+  that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
+  Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
+  of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
+  at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
+  If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
+  i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
+  under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
+
+  If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
+  a fullscreen video mode.  The default is to create a windowed mode
+  if the current graphics system has a window manager.
+  If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
+  will be set in the surface that is returned.
+
+  If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
+  two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
+  SDL_Flip().  This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
+  scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
+  memory while the monitor is refreshing.  It should only be used by
+  applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
+
+  This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. }
+
+function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode}
+
+
+{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
+  If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
+  screen.
+  These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. }
+
+procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects}
+procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect}
+
+
+{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
+  and returns.  The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
+  video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
+  On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
+  to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
+  setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
+  This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.}
+
+function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip}
+
+{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
+  The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
+
+  If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
+  be emulated using gamma ramps, if available.  If successful, this
+  function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. }
+
+function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma}
+
+{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
+  of the video hardware.  Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
+  representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
+  The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
+  gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
+
+  You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
+  If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+  hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+  this function will return -1. }
+
+function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp}
+
+{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
+
+  You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
+  Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
+  If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+  hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+  this function will return -1. }
+
+function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp}
+
+{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface.  If 'surface'
+  is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
+  If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
+  return 1.  If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
+  it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
+  determine the actual color palette.
+
+  When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
+  display colormap will be updated with the requested colors.  If
+  SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
+  will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
+  you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
+  emulation. }
+
+
+function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors}
+
+{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
+  'flags' is one or both of:
+  SDL_LOGPAL  -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
+                 to/from the surface,
+  SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
+                 the screen
+  Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
+  palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
+
+  The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
+  otherwise.
+
+  SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
+  flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). }
+
+function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette}
+
+{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format }
+function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB}
+
+{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format }
+function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA}
+
+{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format }
+procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB}
+
+{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format }
+procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA}
+
+{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
+  If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
+  If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
+  flags '[RGB]mask'.
+  If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
+
+  The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
+  SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
+  SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
+  with the same format as the display surface.  This is useful for surfaces
+  that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
+  when being blitted to the display surface.
+  SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
+  this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
+  SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
+  SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
+  If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
+  two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
+  video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
+  acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
+  SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
+  if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
+  two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
+  if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
+  If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
+  but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
+  and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
+  the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
+  If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
+  will be set in the flags member of the returned surface.  If for some
+  reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
+  the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. }
+
+function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
+  RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface}
+
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface}
+
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch
+  : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom}
+
+procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface}
+
+function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock}
+{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
+  Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
+  to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
+  'surface->format'.  Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
+  use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
+
+  Not all surfaces require locking.  If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
+  to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
+  pixel format of the surface will not change.  In particular, if the
+  SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
+  will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
+
+  No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
+  pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
+
+  SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. }
+function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface}
+
+procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface}
+
+{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+  If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
+  Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+  The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). }
+function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW}
+
+// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file
+function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP}
+
+{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+  If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
+  Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW}
+
+// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file
+function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP}
+
+{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+  If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
+  'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
+  SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
+  and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
+  If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
+  This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey}
+
+{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
+  using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
+  of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
+  being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
+  opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
+  that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
+
+  If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
+  If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
+  OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
+  surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. }
+
+
+function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha}
+
+{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+
+  If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
+  If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
+  return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.  Otherwise the
+  function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
+  the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
+
+  Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
+  and destination surfaces. }
+procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect}
+
+{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+  'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
+  with the correct values. }
+procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect}
+
+{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
+  the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
+  fast as possible.  If this function fails, it returns NULL.
+
+  The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
+  semantics.  You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
+  SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
+  surface.
+
+  This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). }
+
+function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface}
+
+{
+  This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
+  surface.  It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
+  the same size.  If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
+  surface (src or dst) is copied.  The final blit rectangles are saved
+  in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
+  If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
+ 
+  The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
+ 
+  The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
+  are defined as follows:
+ 
+  RGBA->RGB:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
+   SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB.
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+   comparison.
+ 
+  RGB->RGBA:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
+   set destination alpha to opaque.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque.
+      both:
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   source colour key.
+ 
+  RGBA->RGBA:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
+   leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
+   SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy all of RGBA to the destination.
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+   comparison.
+ 
+  RGB->RGB:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB.
+      both:
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   source colour key.
+ 
+  If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
+  the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
+  re-blitted:
+  while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do
+  begin
+  while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do
+   Sleep(10);
+  -- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
+  SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
+ end;
+
+  This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
+  fullscreen application.  The lock will also fail until you have access
+  to the video memory again. }
+
+{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
+   blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. }
+
+function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface}
+
+{  This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
+   rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() }
+function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit}
+
+{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+  blitting only. }
+function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit}
+
+{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
+  The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
+  and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
+  If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
+  The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
+  can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
+  This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect}
+
+{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+  pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
+  blitting onto the display surface.  It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
+
+  If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+  acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+  calling this function.
+
+  If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
+
+function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat}
+
+{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+  pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
+  suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
+  The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
+
+  If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+  acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+  calling this function.
+
+  If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
+
+
+function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha}
+
+//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+//* YUV video surface overlay functions                                       */
+//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+{ This function creates a video output overlay
+  Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
+  the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
+  is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. }
+
+function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay}
+
+// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done
+function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay}
+
+procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay}
+
+
+{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
+  The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
+  not defined.
+  The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
+  that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. }
+
+function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay}
+
+// Free a video overlay
+procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ OpenGL Routines                                                              }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
+
+  SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
+  but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
+  If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
+  your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+
+  This is disabled in default builds of SDL. }
+
+
+function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary}
+
+{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) }
+function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress}
+
+{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. }
+function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute}
+
+{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
+  interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
+  the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
+  stores the values you request before initialization.
+
+  Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
+  themselves if they want to retrieve these values. }
+
+function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute}
+
+{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. }
+
+procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;}
+
+{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
+  and understood the source code for these functions. }
+
+procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects}
+procedure SDL_GL_Lock;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;}
+procedure SDL_GL_Unlock;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;}
+
+{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
+{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any.        *}
+{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
+
+{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window }
+procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption}
+procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption}
+
+{ Sets the icon for the display window.
+  This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
+  It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
+  If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. }
+procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: UInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon}
+
+{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
+  If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
+  This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. }
+
+function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow}
+
+{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
+  If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
+  the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
+
+  If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
+  running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
+  If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
+
+  The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
+  attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
+  set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
+
+  This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. }
+
+function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen}
+
+{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
+  and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
+  and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. }
+
+function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ mouse-routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+  current mouse cursor position.  You can pass NULL for either x or y. }
+
+function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState}
+
+{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+  mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). }
+function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState}
+
+{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) }
+procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse}
+
+{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
+  The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+
+  The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+  data  mask    resulting pixel on screen
+   0     1       White
+   1     1       Black
+   0     0       Transparent
+   1     0       Inverted color if possible, black if not.
+
+  Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). }
+function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor}
+
+{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
+  If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
+  represented on the display. }
+procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor}
+
+{ Returns the currently active cursor. }
+function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor}
+
+{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). }
+procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor}
+
+{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
+  The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
+  SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
+  before the call, or 0 if it was not.  You can query the current
+  state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. }
+function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor}
+
+function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Keyboard-routines                                                            }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
+  This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
+  If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
+  If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
+  If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
+  It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. }
+function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE}
+
+{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. }
+function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat}
+
+procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat}
+
+{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+  Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
+  Used:
+
+  UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
+  if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed }
+
+function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState}
+
+{ Get the current key modifier state }
+function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState}
+
+{ Set the current key modifier state
+  This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. }
+procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState}
+
+{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym }
+function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Active Routines                                                              }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
+  bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
+  SDL_APPACTIVE.  If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
+  see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. }
+
+function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState}
+
+
+{ Mutex functions }
+
+{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked }
+
+function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex}
+
+{ Lock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
+
+ function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+ cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP}
+
+function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex}
+
+{ Unlock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
+function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV}
+
+function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex}
+
+{ Destroy a mutex }
+procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Semaphore functions                                           }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. }
+function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore}
+
+
+{ Destroy a semaphore }
+procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore}
+
+{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
+  to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
+  count. }
+
+function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait}
+
+{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
+   SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
+   the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
+   the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+   On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+   of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
+
+function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
+   or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Returns the current count of the semaphore }
+
+function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Condition variable functions                                  }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Create a condition variable }
+function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond}
+
+{ Destroy a condition variable }
+procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond}
+
+{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+   returns 0 or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal}
+
+{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+  returns 0 or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast}
+
+
+{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
+  The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
+  Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait}
+
+{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
+  variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
+  signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+  On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+  of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
+
+function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Condition variable functions                                  }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+
+{ Create a thread }
+function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread}
+
+{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread }
+function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID}
+
+{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
+  equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. }
+function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID}
+
+{ Wait for a thread to finish.
+  The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
+  pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. }
+
+procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread}
+
+{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state }
+procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Get Environment Routines                                                     }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
+cdecl;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
+cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment }
+//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
+function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv}
+
+// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
+// SDL_putenv as it it more portable
+//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
+//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment }
+//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
+function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv}
+
+// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
+// SDL_getenv as it it more portable
+//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv}
+
+{*
+ * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
+ * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
+ * returns 1 if the function is implemented.  If it's not implemented, or
+ * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
+ *}
+function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+//SDL_loadso.h
+{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
+ * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
+ * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ *}
+function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject}
+
+{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
+ * named function in the shared object and returns it.  This address
+ * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ *}
+function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction}
+
+{* Unload a shared object from memory *}
+procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject}
+
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32}
+
+{$ENDIF MORPHOS}
+
+{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference
+  to nil.  Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. }
+procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
+
+{ Exit procedure handling }
+
+{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit
+  procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are
+  executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed
+  to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. }
+procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
+
+// Bitwise Checking functions
+function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
+
+function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+
+function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl'}  { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]);
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.close(context);
+end;
+
+function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen);
+end;
+
+function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool;
+begin
+  Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR );
+end;
+
+procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
+  F: Integer);
+var
+  value: Integer;
+begin
+  value := frames;
+  F := value mod CD_FPS;
+  value := value div CD_FPS;
+  S := value mod 60;
+  value := value div 60;
+  M := value;
+end;
+
+function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z;
+end;
+
+function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL
+    );
+end;
+
+function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool;
+begin
+  Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z));
+end;
+
+function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst:
+  PSDL_Surface;
+  dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect);
+end;
+
+function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
+  RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask,
+    BMask, AMask);
+end;
+
+function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or
+           ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) );
+end;
+
+function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex);
+end;
+
+function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Result := _putenv(variable);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  Result := _putenv(variable);
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := libc.putenv(variable);
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF};
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+
+  {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  Result := getenv( string( name ) );
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := getenv( name );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ELSE}
+
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  Result := fpgetenv(name);
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := libc.getenv(name);  
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 );
+end;
+
+function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
+begin
+  Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24));
+end;
+
+procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+var
+  Temp: TObject;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+  Temp := TObject(Obj);
+  Pointer(Obj) := nil;
+  Temp.Free;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{ Exit procedure handling }
+type
+  PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo;
+  TExitProcInfo = record
+    Next: PExitProcInfo;
+    SaveExit: Pointer;
+    Proc: TProcedure;
+  end;
+
+var
+  ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil;
+
+procedure DoExitProc;
+var
+  P: PExitProcInfo;
+  Proc: TProcedure;
+begin
+  P := ExitProcList;
+  ExitProcList := P^.Next;
+  ExitProc := P^.SaveExit;
+  Proc := P^.Proc;
+  Dispose(P);
+  Proc;
+end;
+
+procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
+var
+  P: PExitProcInfo;
+begin
+  New(P);
+  P^.Next := ExitProcList;
+  P^.SaveExit := ExitProc;
+  P^.Proc := Proc;
+  ExitProcList := P;
+  ExitProc := @DoExitProc;
+end;
+
+function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
+begin
+  result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 );
+end;
+
+function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) );
+end;
+
+function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) );
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_gfx.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_gfx.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..996ec4d4d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_gfx.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+unit sdl_gfx;
+{
+  $Id: sdl_gfx.pas,v 1.3 2007/05/29 21:31:04 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{
+  $Log: sdl_gfx.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.3  2007/05/29 21:31:04  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2007/05/20 20:30:18  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.1  2005/01/03 19:08:32  savage
+  Header for the SDL_Gfx library.
+
+
+
+}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDLgfxLibName = 'SDL_gfx.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDLgfxLibName = 'libSDL_gfx.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  SDLgfxLibName = 'libSDL_gfx.so';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLgfxLibName = 'SDL_gfx';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Some rates in Hz
+  FPS_UPPER_LIMIT	= 200;
+  FPS_LOWER_LIMIT	= 1;
+  FPS_DEFAULT     = 30;
+
+// ---- Defines
+
+  SMOOTHING_OFF   = 0;
+  SMOOTHING_ON    = 1;
+
+
+
+type
+  PFPSmanager = ^TFPSmanager;
+  TFPSmanager = packed record
+    framecount : Uint32;
+    rateticks : single;
+    lastticks : Uint32;
+    rate : Uint32;
+  end;
+
+// ---- Structures
+  PColorRGBA = ^TColorRGBA;
+  TColorRGBA = packed record
+    r : Uint8;
+    g : Uint8;
+    b : Uint8;
+    a : Uint8;
+  end;
+
+  PColorY = ^TColorY;
+  TColorY = packed record
+    y :	Uint8;
+  end;
+
+{
+
+ SDL_framerate: framerate manager
+
+ LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
+
+}
+
+procedure SDL_initFramerate( manager : PFPSmanager );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_initFramerate'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_initFramerate}
+
+function SDL_setFramerate( manager : PFPSmanager; rate : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_setFramerate'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_setFramerate}
+
+function SDL_getFramerate( manager : PFPSmanager ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_getFramerate'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getFramerate}
+
+procedure SDL_framerateDelay( manager : PFPSmanager );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_framerateDelay'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_framerateDelay}
+
+{
+
+ SDL_gfxPrimitives: graphics primitives for SDL
+
+ LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
+
+}
+
+// Note: all ___Color routines expect the color to be in format 0xRRGGBBAA 
+
+// Pixel 
+
+function pixelColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'pixelColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM pixelColor}
+
+function pixelRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'pixelRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM pixelRGBA}
+
+// Horizontal line 
+
+function hlineColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1: Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'hlineColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM hlineColor}
+
+function hlineRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1: Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'hlineRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM hlineRGBA}
+
+// Vertical line 
+
+function vlineColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'vlineColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM vlineColor}
+
+function vlineRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'vlineRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM vlineRGBA}
+
+// Rectangle 
+
+function rectangleColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rectangleColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rectangleColor}
+
+function rectangleRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16;
+				   x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rectangleRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rectangleRGBA}
+
+// Filled rectangle (Box) 
+
+function boxColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'boxColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM boxColor}
+
+function boxRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16;
+			     y2 : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'boxRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM boxRGBA}
+
+// Line 
+
+function lineColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'lineColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM lineColor}
+
+function lineRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16;
+			      x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'lineRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM lineRGBA}
+
+// AA Line 
+function aalineColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aalineColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aalineColor}
+
+function aalineRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16;
+				x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aalineRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aalineRGBA}
+
+// Circle 
+
+function circleColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; r : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'circleColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM circleColor}
+
+function circleRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rad : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'circleRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM circleRGBA}
+
+// AA Circle 
+
+function aacircleColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; r : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aacircleColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aacircleColor}
+
+function aacircleRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16;
+				  rad : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aacircleRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aacircleRGBA}
+
+// Filled Circle 
+
+function filledCircleColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; r : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledCircleColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledCircleColor}
+
+function filledCircleRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16;
+				      rad : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledCircleRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledCircleRGBA}
+
+// Ellipse 
+
+function ellipseColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'ellipseColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM ellipseColor}
+
+function ellipseRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16;
+				 rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'ellipseRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM ellipseRGBA}
+
+// AA Ellipse 
+
+function aaellipseColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; xc : Sint16; yc : Sint16; rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aaellipseColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aaellipseColor}
+
+function aaellipseRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16;
+				   rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aaellipseRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aaellipseRGBA}
+
+// Filled Ellipse 
+
+function filledEllipseColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledEllipseColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledEllipseColor}
+
+function filledEllipseRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16;
+				       rx : Sint16; ry : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledEllipseRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledEllipseRGBA}
+
+// Pie
+
+function pieColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rad : Sint16;
+			      start : Sint16; finish : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'pieColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM pieColor}
+
+function pieRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rad : Sint16;
+			     start : Sint16; finish : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'pieRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM pieRGBA}
+
+// Filled Pie
+
+function filledPieColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rad : Sint16;
+				    start : Sint16; finish : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledPieColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledPieColor}
+
+function filledPieRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; rad : Sint16;
+				   start : Sint16; finish : Sint16; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledPieRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledPieRGBA}
+
+// Trigon
+
+function trigonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'trigonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM trigonColor}
+
+function trigonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16;
+				 r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'trigonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM trigonRGBA}
+
+// AA-Trigon
+
+function aatrigonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aatrigonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aatrigonColor}
+function aatrigonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface;  x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16;
+				   r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aatrigonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aatrigonRGBA}
+
+// Filled Trigon
+
+function filledTrigonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledTrigonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledTrigonColor}
+
+function filledTrigonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x1 : Sint16; y1 : Sint16; x2 : Sint16; y2 : Sint16; x3 : Sint16; y3 : Sint16;
+				       r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledTrigonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledTrigonRGBA}
+
+// Polygon
+
+function polygonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16; n : integer; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'polygonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM polygonColor}
+
+function polygonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16;
+				 n : integer; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'polygonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM polygonRGBA}
+
+// AA-Polygon
+
+function aapolygonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16; n : integer; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aapolygonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aapolygonColor}
+
+function aapolygonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16;
+				   n : integer; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'aapolygonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM aapolygonRGBA}
+
+// Filled Polygon
+
+function filledPolygonColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16; n : integer; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledPolygonColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledPolygonColor}
+
+function filledPolygonRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16;
+				       const vy : PSint16; n : integer; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'filledPolygonRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM filledPolygonRGBA}
+
+// Bezier
+// s = number of steps
+
+function bezierColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16; n : integer; s : integer; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'bezierColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM bezierColor}
+
+function bezierRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; const vx : PSint16; const vy : PSint16;
+				 n : integer; s : integer; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'bezierRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM bezierRGBA}
+
+
+// Characters/Strings
+
+function characterColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; c : char; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'characterColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM characterColor}
+
+function characterRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; c : char; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'characterRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM characterRGBA}
+
+function stringColor( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; const c : PChar; color : Uint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'stringColor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM stringColor}
+
+function stringRGBA( dst : PSDL_Surface; x : Sint16; y : Sint16; const c : PChar; r : Uint8; g : Uint8; b : Uint8; a : Uint8 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'stringRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM stringRGBA}
+
+procedure gfxPrimitivesSetFont(const fontdata : Pointer; cw : integer; ch : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'gfxPrimitivesSetFont'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM gfxPrimitivesSetFont}
+
+{
+
+ SDL_imageFilter - bytes-image "filter" routines
+ (uses inline x86 MMX optimizations if available)
+
+ LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
+
+}
+
+{ Comments:                                                                           }
+{  1.) MMX functions work best if all data blocks are aligned on a 32 bytes boundary. }
+{  2.) Data that is not within an 8 byte boundary is processed using the C routine.   }
+{  3.) Convolution routines do not have C routines at this time.                      }
+
+// Detect MMX capability in CPU
+function SDL_imageFilterMMXdetect : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMMXdetect'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMMXdetect}
+
+// Force use of MMX off (or turn possible use back on)
+procedure SDL_imageFilterMMXoff;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMMXoff'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMMXoff}
+
+procedure SDL_imageFilterMMXon;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMMXon'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMMXon}
+
+//
+// All routines return:
+//   0   OK
+//  -1   Error (internal error, parameter error)
+//
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterAdd: D = saturation255(S1 + S2)
+function SDL_imageFilterAdd(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imaSDL_imageFilterAddgeFilterMMXon'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAdd}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMean: D = S1/2 + S2/2
+function SDL_imageFilterMean(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMean'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMean}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterSub: D = saturation0(S1 - S2)
+function SDL_imageFilterSub(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterSub'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterSub}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff: D = | S1 - S2 |
+function SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAbsDiff}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMult: D = saturation(S1 * S2)
+function SDL_imageFilterMult(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMult'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMult}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMultNor: D = S1 * S2   (non-MMX)
+function SDL_imageFilterMultNor(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMultNor'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMultNor}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2: D = saturation255(S1/2 * S2)
+function SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar;
+					       length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMultDivby2}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4: D = saturation255(S1/2 * S2/2)
+function SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar;
+					       length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMultDivby4}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterBitAnd: D = S1 & S2
+function SDL_imageFilterBitAnd(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterBitAnd'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterBitAnd}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterBitOr: D = S1 | S2
+function SDL_imageFilterBitOr(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterBitOr'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterBitOr}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterDiv: D = S1 / S2   (non-MMX)
+function SDL_imageFilterDiv(Src1 : PChar; Src2 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterDiv'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterDiv}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterBitNegation: D = !S
+function SDL_imageFilterBitNegation(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterBitNegation'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterBitNegation}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterAddByte: D = saturation255(S + C)
+function SDL_imageFilterAddByte(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; C : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterAddByte'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAddByte}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterAddUint: D = saturation255(S + (uint)C)
+function SDL_imageFilterAddUint(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; C : Cardinal ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterAddUint'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAddUint}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf: D = saturation255(S/2 + C)
+function SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+						  C : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAddByteToHalf}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterSubByte: D = saturation0(S - C)
+function SDL_imageFilterSubByte(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; C : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterSubByte'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterSubByte}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterSubUint: D = saturation0(S - (uint)C)
+function SDL_imageFilterSubUint(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; C : Cardinal ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterSubUint'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterSubUint}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftRight: D = saturation0(S >> N)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftRight(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;  N : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftRight}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint: D = saturation0((uint)S >> N)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;  N : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftRightUint}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterMultByByte: D = saturation255(S * C)
+function SDL_imageFilterMultByByte(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; C : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterMultByByte'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterMultByByte}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte: D = saturation255((S >> N) * C)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+							     N : char; C : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftRightAndMultByByte}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte: D = (S << N)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+						   N : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftByte}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint: D = ((uint)S << N)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+						   N : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftLeftUint}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft: D = saturation255(S << N)
+function SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;  N : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterShiftLeft}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold: D = S >= T ? 255:0
+function SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+							   T : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterBinarizeUsingThreshold}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterClipToRange: D = (S >= Tmin) & (S <= Tmax) 255:0
+function SDL_imageFilterClipToRange(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer;
+						Tmin : Byte; Tmax : Byte ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterClipToRange'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterClipToRange}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterNormalizeLinear: D = saturation255((Nmax - Nmin)/(Cmax - Cmin)*(S - Cmin) + Nmin)
+function SDL_imageFilterNormalizeLinear(Src1 : PChar; Dest : PChar; length : integer; Cmin : integer;
+						    Cmax : integer; Nmin : integer; Nmax : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterClipToRange'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterClipToRange}
+
+{ !!! NO C-ROUTINE FOR THESE FUNCTIONS YET !!! }
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+							    columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt; Divisor : Byte ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3Divide}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+							    columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt; Divisor : Byte ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5Divide}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+							    columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt; Divisor : Byte ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7Divide}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+							    columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt; Divisor : Byte ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9Divide}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+								columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt;
+								 NRightShift : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel3x3ShiftRight}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+								columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt;
+								 NRightShift : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel5x5ShiftRight}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+								columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt;
+								 NRightShift : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel7x7ShiftRight}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight: Dij = saturation0and255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer;
+								columns : integer; Kernel : PShortInt;
+								 NRightShift : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterConvolveKernel9x9ShiftRight}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterSobelX: Dij = saturation255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterSobelX(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer; columns : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterSobelX'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterSobelX}
+
+//  SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight: Dij = saturation255( ... )
+function SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight(Src : PChar; Dest : PChar; rows : integer; columns : integer;
+						      NRightShift : char ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterSobelXShiftRight}
+
+// Align/restore stack to 32 byte boundary -- Functionality untested! --
+procedure SDL_imageFilterAlignStack;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterAlignStack'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterAlignStack}
+
+procedure SDL_imageFilterRestoreStack;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_imageFilterRestoreStack'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_imageFilterRestoreStack}
+
+{
+
+ SDL_rotozoom - rotozoomer
+
+ LGPL (c) A. Schiffler
+
+}
+
+{ 
+ 
+ rotozoomSurface()
+
+ Rotates and zoomes a 32bit or 8bit 'src' surface to newly created 'dst' surface.
+ 'angle' is the rotation in degrees. 'zoom' a scaling factor. If 'smooth' is 1
+ then the destination 32bit surface is anti-aliased. If the surface is not 8bit
+ or 32bit RGBA/ABGR it will be converted into a 32bit RGBA format on the fly.
+
+}
+
+function rotozoomSurface( src : PSDL_Surface; angle : double; zoom : double; smooth : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rotozoomSurface'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rotozoomSurface}
+
+function rotozoomSurfaceXY( src : PSDL_Surface; angle : double; zoomx : double; zoomy : double; smooth : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rotozoomSurfaceXY'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rotozoomSurfaceXY}
+
+{ Returns the size of the target surface for a rotozoomSurface() call }
+
+procedure rotozoomSurfaceSize( width : integer; height : integer; angle : double; zoom : double; var dstwidth : integer;
+					  var dstheight : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rotozoomSurfaceSize'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rotozoomSurfaceSize}
+
+procedure rotozoomSurfaceSizeXY
+    ( width : integer; height : integer; angle : double; zoomx : double; zoomy : double;
+     var dstwidth : integer; var dstheight : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'rotozoomSurfaceSizeXY'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM rotozoomSurfaceSizeXY}
+
+{
+
+ zoomSurface()
+
+ Zoomes a 32bit or 8bit 'src' surface to newly created 'dst' surface.
+ 'zoomx' and 'zoomy' are scaling factors for width and height. If 'smooth' is 1
+ then the destination 32bit surface is anti-aliased. If the surface is not 8bit
+ or 32bit RGBA/ABGR it will be converted into a 32bit RGBA format on the fly.
+
+}
+
+function zoomSurface(src : PSDL_Surface; zoomx : double; zoomy : double; smooth : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'zoomSurface'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM zoomSurface}
+
+{ Returns the size of the target surface for a zoomSurface() call }
+
+procedure zoomSurfaceSize( width : integer; height : integer; zoomx : double; zoomy : double; var dstwidth : integer; var dstheight : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'zoomSurfaceSize'{$ELSE} SDLgfxLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM zoomSurfaceSize}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_image.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_image.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f0c81af7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_image.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+unit sdl_image;
+{
+  $Id: sdl_image.pas,v 1.14 2007/05/29 21:31:13 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL_Image - An example image loading library for use    }
+{                                  with SDL                                    }
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Image Headers               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_image.h                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Matthias Thoma are                                       }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Matthias Thoma.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   A simple library to load images of various formats as SDL surfaces         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.pas in your search path.                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{   See the Aliens Demo on how to make use of this libaray                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   April    02 2001 - MT : Initial Translation                                }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May      08 2001 - DL : Added ExternalSym derectives and copyright header  }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_image.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.14  2007/05/29 21:31:13  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.13  2007/05/20 20:30:54  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.12  2006/12/02 00:14:40  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.11  2005/04/10 18:22:59  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.10  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2005/01/05 01:47:07  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2005/01/04 23:14:44  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.7  2005/01/01 02:03:12  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.4
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/14 23:35:42  savage
+  version 1 of sdl_image, sdl_mixer and smpeg.
+
+
+}  
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_ImageLibName =  'SDL_Image.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image-1.2.0.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+    SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDL_ImageLibName = 'SDL_image';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+  SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL    = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_image library. }
+procedure SDL_IMAGE_VERSION( var X : TSDL_Version );
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_VERSION}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_image library.
+   it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+   use the SDL_IMAGE_VERSION() macro.
+ }
+function IMG_Linked_Version : PSDL_version;
+external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Linked_Version}
+
+{ Load an image from an SDL data source.
+   The 'type' may be one of: "BMP", "GIF", "PNG", etc.
+
+   If the image format supports a transparent pixel, SDL will set the
+   colorkey for the surface.  You can enable RLE acceleration on the
+   surface afterwards by calling:
+        SDL_SetColorKey(image, SDL_RLEACCEL, image.format.colorkey);
+}
+function IMG_LoadTyped_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; _type: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTyped_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTyped_RW}
+{ Convenience functions }
+function IMG_Load(const _file: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Load'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Load}
+function IMG_Load_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Load_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Load_RW}
+
+{ Invert the alpha of a surface for use with OpenGL
+  This function is now a no-op, and only provided for backwards compatibility. }
+function IMG_InvertAlpha(_on: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_InvertAlpha'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_InvertAlpha}
+
+{ Functions to detect a file type, given a seekable source }
+function IMG_isBMP(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isBMP'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isBMP}
+
+function IMG_isGIF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isGIF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isGIF}
+
+function IMG_isJPG(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isJPG'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isJPG}
+
+function IMG_isLBM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isLBM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isLBM}
+
+function IMG_isPCX(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPCX'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPCX}
+
+function IMG_isPNG(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPNG'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPNG}
+
+function IMG_isPNM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPNM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPNM}
+
+function IMG_isTIF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isTIF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isTIF}
+
+function IMG_isXCF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXCF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXCF}
+
+function IMG_isXPM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXPM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXPM}
+
+function IMG_isXV(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXV'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXV}
+
+
+{ Individual loading functions }
+function IMG_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadBMP_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadGIF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadGIF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadGIF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadJPG_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadJPG_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadJPG_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadLBM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadLBM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadLBM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPCX_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPCX_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPCX_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPNM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPNM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPNM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPNG_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPNG_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPNG_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadTGA_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTGA_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTGA_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadTIF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTIF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTIF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXCF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXCF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXCF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXPM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXPM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXPM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXV_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXV_RW}
+
+function IMG_ReadXPMFromArray( xpm : PPChar ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_ReadXPMFromArray'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_ReadXPMFromArray}
+
+
+
+
+{ used internally, NOT an exported function }
+//function IMG_string_equals( const str1 : PChar; const str2 : PChar ) : integer;
+//cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_string_equals'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+//{ $ EXTERNALSYM IMG_string_equals}
+
+{ Error Macros }
+{ We'll use SDL for reporting errors }
+procedure IMG_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+
+function IMG_GetError : PChar;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl_image'}  { link sdl_image.dll.a or libsdl_image.so or libsdl_image.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_IMAGE_VERSION( var X : TSDL_Version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+procedure IMG_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function IMG_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6d305db8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@
+unit sdl_mixer;
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Id: sdl_mixer.pas,v 1.18 2007/05/29 21:31:44 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL_Mixer - Simple DirectMedia Layer Mixer Library      }
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_mixer.h                                         }
+{                          music_cmd.h                                         }
+{                          wavestream.h                                        }
+{                          timidity.h                                          }
+{                          playmidi.h                                          }
+{                          music_ogg.h                                         }
+{                          mikmod.h                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.pas & SMPEG.pas somewhere within your search path.                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{   See the Aliens Demo to see how this library is used                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   April    02 2001 - DL : Initial Translation                                }
+{                                                                              }
+{  February  02 2002 - DL : Update to version 1.2.1                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_mixer.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.18  2007/05/29 21:31:44  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.17  2007/05/20 20:31:17  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.16  2006/12/02 00:16:17  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.15  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.14  2005/02/24 20:20:07  savage
+  Changed definition of MusicType and added GetMusicType function
+
+  Revision 1.13  2005/01/05 01:47:09  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.12  2005/01/04 23:14:56  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2005/01/01 02:05:19  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.6
+
+  Revision 1.10  2004/09/12 21:45:17  savage
+  Robert Reed spotted that Mix_SetMusicPosition was missing from the conversion, so this has now been added.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2004/08/27 21:48:24  savage
+  IFDEFed out Smpeg support on MacOS X
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/03/31 22:20:02  savage
+  Windows unit not used in this file, so it was removed to keep the code tidy.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/03/31 10:05:08  savage
+  Better defines for Endianess under FreePascal and Borland compilers.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/14 23:35:42  savage
+  version 1 of sdl_image, sdl_mixer and smpeg.
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+{$IFNDEF no_smpeg}
+  smpeg,
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'SDL_mixer.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer-1.2.0.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+    SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'SDL_mixer';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  {* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL *}
+  SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL    = 7;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // Backwards compatibility
+  MIX_MAJOR_VERSION = SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  MIX_MINOR_VERSION = SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION;
+  MIX_PATCHLEVEL    = SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL;
+  
+  // SDL_Mixer.h constants
+  { The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels }
+{$IFNDEF MIX_CHANNELS}
+  MIX_CHANNELS = 8;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_CHANNELS}
+  { Good default values for a PC soundcard }
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY = 22050;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY}
+
+{$IFDEF IA32}
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$ELSE}
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT = AUDIO_S16MSB;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT}
+
+  MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS}
+  MIX_MAX_VOLUME = 128; { Volume of a chunk }
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MAX_VOLUME}
+
+  PATH_MAX = 255;
+
+  // mikmod.h constants
+  {*
+  * Library version
+  *}
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MAJOR = 3;
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+  LIBMIKMOD_REVISION = 8;
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION = ( ( LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MAJOR shl 16 ) or
+    ( LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MINOR shl 8 ) or
+    ( LIBMIKMOD_REVISION ) );
+
+type
+  //music_cmd.h types
+  PMusicCMD = ^TMusicCMD;
+  TMusicCMD = record
+    filename : array[ 0..PATH_MAX - 1 ] of char;
+    cmd : array[ 0..PATH_MAX - 1 ] of char;
+    pid : TSYS_ThreadHandle;
+  end;
+
+  //wavestream.h types
+  PWAVStream = ^TWAVStream;
+  TWAVStream = record
+    wavefp : Pointer;
+    start : longint;
+    stop : longint;
+    cvt : TSDL_AudioCVT;
+  end;
+
+  //playmidi.h types
+  PMidiEvent = ^TMidiEvent;
+  TMidiEvent = record
+    time : Longint;
+    channel : uint8;
+    type_ : uint8;
+    a : uint8;
+    b : uint8;
+  end;
+
+  PMidiSong = ^TMidiSong;
+  TMidiSong = record
+    samples : Longint;
+    events : PMidiEvent;
+  end;
+
+  //music_ogg.h types
+  POGG_Music = ^TOGG_Music;
+  TOGG_Music = record
+    playing : integer;
+    volume : integer;
+    //vf: OggVorbis_File;
+    section : integer;
+    cvt : TSDL_AudioCVT;
+    len_available : integer;
+    snd_available : PUint8;
+  end;
+
+  // mikmod.h types
+  {*
+  * Error codes
+  *}
+  TErrorEnum = (
+    MMERR_OPENING_FILE,
+    MMERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+    MMERR_DYNAMIC_LINKING,
+    MMERR_SAMPLE_TOO_BIG,
+    MMERR_OUT_OF_HANDLES,
+    MMERR_UNKNOWN_WAVE_TYPE,
+    MMERR_LOADING_PATTERN,
+    MMERR_LOADING_TRACK,
+    MMERR_LOADING_HEADER,
+    MMERR_LOADING_SAMPLEINFO,
+    MMERR_NOT_A_MODULE,
+    MMERR_NOT_A_STREAM,
+    MMERR_MED_SYNTHSAMPLES,
+    MMERR_ITPACK_INVALID_DATA,
+    MMERR_DETECTING_DEVICE,
+    MMERR_INVALID_DEVICE,
+    MMERR_INITIALIZING_MIXER,
+    MMERR_OPENING_AUDIO,
+    MMERR_8BIT_ONLY,
+    MMERR_16BIT_ONLY,
+    MMERR_STEREO_ONLY,
+    MMERR_ULAW,
+    MMERR_NON_BLOCK,
+    MMERR_AF_AUDIO_PORT,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_INIT,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_CONTROL,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_START,
+    MMERR_GUS_SETTINGS,
+    MMERR_GUS_RESET,
+    MMERR_GUS_TIMER,
+    MMERR_HP_SETSAMPLESIZE,
+    MMERR_HP_SETSPEED,
+    MMERR_HP_CHANNELS,
+    MMERR_HP_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+    MMERR_HP_AUDIO_DESC,
+    MMERR_HP_BUFFERSIZE,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETFRAGMENT,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSAMPLESIZE,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSTEREO,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSPEED,
+    MMERR_SGI_SPEED,
+    MMERR_SGI_16BIT,
+    MMERR_SGI_8BIT,
+    MMERR_SGI_STEREO,
+    MMERR_SGI_MONO,
+    MMERR_SUN_INIT,
+    MMERR_OS2_MIXSETUP,
+    MMERR_OS2_SEMAPHORE,
+    MMERR_OS2_TIMER,
+    MMERR_OS2_THREAD,
+    MMERR_DS_PRIORITY,
+    MMERR_DS_BUFFER,
+    MMERR_DS_FORMAT,
+    MMERR_DS_NOTIFY,
+    MMERR_DS_EVENT,
+    MMERR_DS_THREAD,
+    MMERR_DS_UPDATE,
+    MMERR_WINMM_HANDLE,
+    MMERR_WINMM_ALLOCATED,
+    MMERR_WINMM_DEVICEID,
+    MMERR_WINMM_FORMAT,
+    MMERR_WINMM_UNKNOWN,
+    MMERR_MAC_SPEED,
+    MMERR_MAC_START,
+    MMERR_MAX
+    );
+
+  PMODULE = ^TMODULE;
+  TMODULE = record
+    (* general module information *)
+    //CHAR*       songname;    (* name of the song *)
+    //CHAR*       modtype;     (* string type of module loaded *)
+    //CHAR*       comment;     (* module comments *)
+    //UWORD       flags;       (* See module flags above *)
+    //UBYTE       numchn;      (* number of module channels *)
+    //UBYTE       numvoices;   (* max # voices used for full NNA playback *)
+    //UWORD       numpos;      (* number of positions in this song *)
+    //UWORD       numpat;      (* number of patterns in this song *)
+    //UWORD       numins;      (* number of instruments *)
+    //UWORD       numsmp;      (* number of samples *)
+    //type = record  INSTRUMENT* instruments; (* all instruments *)
+    //type = record  SAMPLE*     samples;     (* all samples *)
+    //UBYTE       realchn;     (* real number of channels used *)
+    //UBYTE       totalchn;    (* total number of channels used (incl NNAs) *)
+    (* playback settings *)
+    //UWORD       reppos;      (* restart position *)
+    //UBYTE       initspeed;   (* initial song speed *)
+    //UWORD       inittempo;   (* initial song tempo *)
+    //UBYTE       initvolume;  (* initial global volume (0 - 128) *)
+    //UWORD       panning : array[ 0..64- 1 ] of ; (* 64 panning positions *)
+    //UBYTE       chanvol : array[ 0..64- 1 ] of ; (* 64 channel positions *)
+    //UWORD       bpm;         (* current beats-per-minute speed *)
+    //UWORD       sngspd;      (* current song speed *)
+    //SWORD       volume;      (* song volume (0-128) (or user volume) *)
+    //BOOL        extspd;      (* extended speed flag (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        panflag;     (* panning flag (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        wrap;        (* wrap module ? (default disabled) *)
+    //BOOL        loop;		 (* allow module to loop ? (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        fadeout;	 (* volume fade out during last pattern *)
+    //UWORD       patpos;      (* current row number *)
+    //SWORD       sngpos;      (* current song position *)
+    //ULONG       sngtime;     (* current song time in 2^-10 seconds *)
+    //SWORD       relspd;      (* relative speed factor *)
+    (* internal module representation *)
+    //UWORD       numtrk;      (* number of tracks *)
+    //UBYTE**     tracks;      (* array of numtrk pointers to tracks *)
+    //UWORD*      patterns;    (* array of Patterns *)
+    //UWORD*      pattrows;    (* array of number of rows for each pattern *)
+    //UWORD*      positions;   (* all positions *)
+    //BOOL        forbid;      (* if true, no player updatenot  *)
+    //UWORD       numrow;      (* number of rows on current pattern *)
+    //UWORD       vbtick;      (* tick counter (counts from 0 to sngspd) *)
+    //UWORD       sngremainder;(* used for song time computation *)
+    //type = record MP_CONTROL*  control;     (* Effects Channel info (size pf.numchn) *)
+    //type = record MP_VOICE*    voice;       (* Audio Voice information (size md_numchn) *)
+    //UBYTE       globalslide; (* global volume slide rate *)
+    //UBYTE       pat_repcrazy;(* module has just looped to position -1 *)
+    //UWORD       patbrk;      (* position where to start a new pattern *)
+    //UBYTE       patdly;      (* patterndelay counter (command memory) *)
+    //UBYTE       patdly2;     (* patterndelay counter (real one) *)
+    //SWORD       posjmp;      (* flag to indicate a jump is needed... *)
+  end;
+
+  PUNIMOD = ^TUNIMOD;
+  TUNIMOD = TMODULE;
+
+  //SDL_mixer.h types
+  { The internal format for an audio chunk }
+  PMix_Chunk = ^TMix_Chunk;
+  TMix_Chunk = record
+    allocated : integer;
+    abuf : PUint8;
+    alen : Uint32;
+    volume : Uint8; { Per-sample volume, 0-128 }
+  end;
+  Mix_Chunk = TMix_Chunk;
+
+  { The different fading types supported }
+  TMix_Fading = (
+    MIX_NO_FADING,
+    MIX_FADING_OUT,
+    MIX_FADING_IN
+    );
+  Mix_Fading = TMix_Fading;
+
+  TMix_MusicType = (
+    MUS_NONE,
+    MUS_CMD,
+    MUS_WAV,
+    MUS_MOD,
+    MUS_MID,
+    MUS_OGG,
+    MUS_MP3
+    );
+  Mix_MusicType = TMix_MusicType;
+
+  TMusicUnion = record
+    case Byte of
+      0 : ( cmd : PMusicCMD );
+      1 : ( wave : PWAVStream );
+      2 : ( module : PUNIMOD );
+      3 : ( midi : TMidiSong );
+      4 : ( ogg : POGG_music );
+      {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+      5 : ( mp3 : PSMPEG );
+      {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+
+  P_Mix_Music = ^T_Mix_Music;
+  T_Mix_Music = record
+    type_ : TMix_MusicType;
+    data : TMusicUnion;
+    fading : TMix_Fading;
+    fade_volume : integer;
+    fade_step : integer;
+    fade_steps : integer;
+    error : integer;
+  end;
+
+  { The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod }
+  PMix_Music = ^TMix_Music;
+  TMix_Music = T_Mix_Music;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMixFunction = function( udata : Pointer; stream : PUint8; len : integer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMixFunction = function( udata : Pointer; stream : PUint8; len : integer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_mixer library. }
+procedure SDL_MIXER_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIXER_VERSION}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_mixer library.
+     It should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should use the
+     SDL_MIXER_VERSION() macro. }
+function Mix_Linked_Version : PSDL_version;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Linked_Version}
+
+{ Open the mixer with a certain audio format }
+function Mix_OpenAudio( frequency : integer; format : Uint16; channels :
+  integer; chunksize : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_OpenAudio}
+
+{ Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
+   If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
+   stopped.
+   This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
+ }
+function Mix_AllocateChannels( numchannels : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_AllocateChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_AllocateChannels}
+
+{ Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
+   This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
+ }
+function Mix_QuerySpec( var frequency : integer; var format : Uint16; var channels : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_QuerySpec'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_QuerySpec}
+
+{ Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file }
+function Mix_LoadWAV_RW( src : PSDL_RWops; freesrc : integer ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_LoadWAV_RW}
+
+function Mix_LoadWAV( filename : PChar ) : PMix_Chunk;
+
+function Mix_LoadMUS( const filename : PChar ) : PMix_Music;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_LoadMUS'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_LoadMUS}
+
+(*#if 0 { This hasn't been hooked into music.c yet }
+{ Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (MikMod-specific currently)
+   Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 }
+function Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *rw) : PMix_Music;  cdecl;
+#endif*)
+
+{ Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer }
+function Mix_QuickLoad_WAV( mem : PUint8 ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_QuickLoad_WAV'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_QuickLoad_WAV}
+
+{ Free an audio chunk previously loaded }
+procedure Mix_FreeChunk( chunk : PMix_Chunk );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FreeChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FreeChunk}
+
+procedure Mix_FreeMusic( music : PMix_Music );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FreeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FreeMusic}
+
+{ Find out the music format of a mixer music, or the currently playing
+   music, if 'music' is NULL.}
+function Mix_GetMusicType( music : PMix_Music ) : TMix_MusicType;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetMusicType'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetMusicType}
+
+{ Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
+   This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
+   or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
+}
+procedure Mix_SetPostMix( mix_func : TMixFunction; arg : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPostMix'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPostMix}
+
+{ Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
+   If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
+ }
+procedure Mix_HookMusic( mix_func : TMixFunction; arg : Pointer );
+ cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HookMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HookMusic}
+
+{ Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
+ }
+procedure Mix_HookMusicFinished( music_finished : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HookMusicFinished'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HookMusicFinished}
+
+{ Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook }
+function Mix_GetMusicHookData : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetMusicHookData'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetMusicHookData}
+
+{* Add your own callback when a channel has finished playing. NULL
+ * to disable callback.*}
+type
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TChannel_finished = procedure( channel: Integer ); cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TChannel_finished = procedure( channel: Integer );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+procedure Mix_ChannelFinished( channel_finished : TChannel_finished );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ChannelFinished'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ChannelFinished}
+
+const
+  MIX_CHANNEL_POST = -2;
+
+  {* This is the format of a special effect callback:
+   *
+   *   myeffect(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+   *
+   * (chan) is the channel number that your effect is affecting. (stream) is
+   *  the buffer of data to work upon. (len) is the size of (stream), and
+   *  (udata) is a user-defined bit of data, which you pass as the last arg of
+   *  Mix_RegisterEffect(), and is passed back unmolested to your callback.
+   *  Your effect changes the contents of (stream) based on whatever parameters
+   *  are significant, or just leaves it be, if you prefer. You can do whatever
+   *  you like to the buffer, though, and it will continue in its changed state
+   *  down the mixing pipeline, through any other effect functions, then finally
+   *  to be mixed with the rest of the channels and music for the final output
+   *  stream.
+   *}
+type
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMix_EffectFunc = function( chan : integer; stream : Pointer; len : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMix_EffectFunc = function( chan : integer; stream : Pointer; len : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {*
+   * This is a callback that signifies that a channel has finished all its
+   *  loops and has completed playback. This gets called if the buffer
+   *  plays out normally, or if you call Mix_HaltChannel(), implicitly stop
+   *  a channel via Mix_AllocateChannels(), or unregister a callback while
+   *  it's still playing.
+   *}
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMix_EffectDone = function( chan : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMix_EffectDone = function( chan : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {* Register a special effect function. At mixing time, the channel data is
+  *  copied into a buffer and passed through each registered effect function.
+  *  After it passes through all the functions, it is mixed into the final
+  *  output stream. The copy to buffer is performed once, then each effect
+  *  function performs on the output of the previous effect. Understand that
+  *  this extra copy to a buffer is not performed if there are no effects
+  *  registered for a given chunk, which saves CPU cycles, and any given
+  *  effect will be extra cycles, too, so it is crucial that your code run
+  *  fast. Also note that the data that your function is given is in the
+  *  format of the sound device, and not the format you gave to Mix_OpenAudio(),
+  *  although they may in reality be the same. This is an unfortunate but
+  *  necessary speed concern. Use Mix_QuerySpec() to determine if you can
+  *  handle the data before you register your effect, and take appropriate
+  *  actions.
+  * You may also specify a callback (Mix_EffectDone_t) that is called when
+  *  the channel finishes playing. This gives you a more fine-grained control
+  *  than Mix_ChannelFinished(), in case you need to free effect-specific
+  *  resources, etc. If you don't need this, you can specify NULL.
+  * You may set the callbacks before or after calling Mix_PlayChannel().
+  * Things like Mix_SetPanning() are just internal special effect functions,
+  *  so if you are using that, you've already incurred the overhead of a copy
+  *  to a separate buffer, and that these effects will be in the queue with
+  *  any functions you've registered. The list of registered effects for a
+  *  channel is reset when a chunk finishes playing, so you need to explicitly
+  *  set them with each call to Mix_PlayChannel*().
+  * You may also register a special effect function that is to be run after
+  *  final mixing occurs. The rules for these callbacks are identical to those
+  *  in Mix_RegisterEffect, but they are run after all the channels and the
+  *  music have been mixed into a single stream, whereas channel-specific
+  *  effects run on a given channel before any other mixing occurs. These
+  *  global effect callbacks are call "posteffects". Posteffects only have
+  *  their Mix_EffectDone_t function called when they are unregistered (since
+  *  the main output stream is never "done" in the same sense as a channel).
+  *  You must unregister them manually when you've had enough. Your callback
+  *  will be told that the channel being mixed is (MIX_CHANNEL_POST) if the
+  *  processing is considered a posteffect.
+  *
+  * After all these effects have finished processing, the callback registered
+  *  through Mix_SetPostMix() runs, and then the stream goes to the audio
+  *  device.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if added.
+  *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+  *}
+function Mix_RegisterEffect( chan : integer; f : TMix_EffectFunc; d : TMix_EffectDone; arg : Pointer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_RegisterEffect'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_RegisterEffect}
+
+{* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop an
+ *  effect from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ *  but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ *  specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or effect), nonzero if removed.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ *}
+function Mix_UnregisterEffect( channel : integer; f : TMix_EffectFunc ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_UnregisterEffect'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_UnregisterEffect}
+
+ {* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop all
+  * effects from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback. Note that
+  * this will also shut off some internal effect processing, since
+  * Mix_SetPanning( ) and others may use this API under the hood.This is
+  * called internally when a channel completes playback.
+  * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+  * but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+  * specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel ), nonzero if all effects removed.
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  *}
+function Mix_UnregisterAllEffects( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_UnregisterAllEffects'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_UnregisterAllEffects}
+
+const
+  MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED = 'MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED';
+
+  {*
+  * These are the internally - defined mixing effects.They use the same API that
+  * effects defined in the application use, but are provided here as a
+  * convenience.Some effects can reduce their quality or use more memory in
+  * the name of speed; to enable this, make sure the environment variable
+  * MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED( see above ) is defined before you call
+  * Mix_OpenAudio( ).
+  * }
+
+  {* set the panning of a channel.The left and right channels are specified
+  * as integers between 0 and 255, quietest to loudest, respectively.
+  *
+  * Technically, this is just individual volume control for a sample with
+  * two( stereo )channels, so it can be used for more than just panning.
+  * if you want real panning, call it like this :
+  *
+  * Mix_SetPanning( channel, left, 255 - left );
+  *
+  * ...which isn't so hard.
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the panning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+  * to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally, and returns without
+  * registering the effect function if the audio device is not configured
+  * for stereo output.Setting both( left ) and ( right ) to 255 causes this
+  * effect to be unregistered, since that is the data's normal state.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if panning effect enabled.Note that an audio device in mono
+  * mode is a no - op, but this call will return successful in that case .
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetPanning( channel : integer; left : Uint8; right : Uint8  ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPanning'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPanning}
+  
+  { * set the position ofa channel.( angle ) is an integer from 0 to 360, that
+    * specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.( angle )
+    * will be reduced as neccesary( 540 becomes 180 degrees, -100 becomes 260 ).
+    * Angle 0 is due north, and rotates clockwise as the value increases.
+    * for efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited( angles 1
+    * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc ).
+    * ( distance ) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+    * between the sound and the listener.The larger the number, the further
+    * away the sound is .Using 255 does not guarantee that the channel will be
+    * culled from the mixing process or be completely silent.For efficiency,
+    * the precision of this effect may be limited( distance 0 through 5 might
+    * all produce the same effect, 6 through 10 are equal, etc ).Setting( angle )
+    * and ( distance ) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+    * unchanged.
+    *
+    * if you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+    * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer.This is only meant to be a
+    * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+    *
+    * if the audio device is configured for mono output, then you won't get
+    * any effectiveness from the angle; however, distance attenuation on the
+  * channel will still occur.While this effect will function with stereo
+  * voices, it makes more sense to use voices with only one channel of sound,
+  * so when they are mixed through this effect, the positioning will sound
+  * correct.You can convert them to mono through SDL before giving them to
+  * the mixer in the first place if you like.
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the positioning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it
+  * on to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This is a convenience wrapper over Mix_SetDistance( ) and Mix_SetPanning( ).
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetPosition( channel :integer; angle : Sint16; distance : Uint8  ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPosition'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPosition}
+
+  {* set the "distance" of a channel.( distance ) is an integer from 0 to 255
+  * that specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.
+  * Distance 0 is overlapping the listener, and 255 is as far away as possible
+  * A distance of 255 does not guarantee silence; in such a case , you might
+  * want to try changing the chunk's volume, or just cull the sample from the
+  * mixing process with Mix_HaltChannel( ).
+    * for efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited( distances 1
+    * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc ).
+    * ( distance ) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+    * between the sound and the listener.The larger the number, the further
+    * away the sound is .
+    * Setting( distance ) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+    * unchanged.
+    * if you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+    * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer.This is only meant to be a
+    * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+    *
+    * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+    * the distance attenuation will be done to the final mixed stream before
+    * passing it on to the audio device.
+    *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+    * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+    * }
+    function Mix_SetDistance( channel : integer; distance : Uint8 ) : integer;
+    cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetDistance'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+    {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetDistance}
+  { *
+    * !!! FIXME : Haven't implemented, since the effect goes past the
+  * end of the sound buffer.Will have to think about this.
+  * - -ryan.
+  * /
+  { if 0
+  { * Causes an echo effect to be mixed into a sound.( echo ) is the amount
+  * of echo to mix.0 is no echo, 255 is infinite( and probably not
+  * what you want ).
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the reverbing will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+  * to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally.If you specify an echo
+  * of zero, the effect is unregistered, as the data is already in that state.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.
+    * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+    *
+    extern no_parse_DECLSPEC int Mix_SetReverb( int channel, Uint8 echo );
+  #E ndif}
+  { * Causes a channel to reverse its stereo.This is handy if the user has his
+    * speakers hooked up backwards, or you would like to have a minor bit of
+  * psychedelia in your sound code. : )Calling this function with ( flip )
+  * set to non - zero reverses the chunks's usual channels. If (flip) is zero,
+  * the effect is unregistered.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally, and thus is probably
+  * more CPU intensive than having the user just plug in his speakers
+  * correctly.Mix_SetReverseStereo( )returns without registering the effect
+  * function if the audio device is not configured for stereo output.
+  *
+  * if you specify MIX_CHANNEL_POST for ( channel ), then this the effect is used
+  * on the final mixed stream before sending it on to the audio device( a
+  * posteffect ).
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.Note that an audio device in mono
+  * mode is a no - op, but this call will return successful in that case .
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetReverseStereo( channel : integer; flip : integer ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetReverseStereo'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetReverseStereo}
+  { end of effects API. - -ryan. *}
+
+{ Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
+   them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
+   Returns the number of reserved channels.
+ }
+function Mix_ReserveChannels( num : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ReserveChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ReserveChannels}
+
+{ Channel grouping functions }
+
+{ Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
+   channels, to form groups of channels.
+   If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
+   represent the group of all the channels).
+   Returns true if everything was OK.
+ }
+function Mix_GroupChannel( which : integer; tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupChannel}
+
+{ Assign several consecutive channels to a group }
+function Mix_GroupChannels( from : integer; to_ : integer; tag : integer ) :
+integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupChannels}
+
+{ Finds the first available channel in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupAvailable( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupAvailable'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupAvailable}
+
+{ Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
+   way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
+ }
+function Mix_GroupCount( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupCount'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupCount}
+
+{ Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupOldest( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupOldest'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupOldest}
+
+{ Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupNewer( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupNewer'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupNewer}
+
+{ The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds }
+function Mix_PlayChannelTimed( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayChannelTimed'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayChannelTimed}
+
+{ Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
+   If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
+   If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
+   Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
+}
+function Mix_PlayChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer ) : integer;
+
+function Mix_PlayMusic( music : PMix_Music; loops : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayMusic}
+
+{ Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions }
+function Mix_FadeInMusic( music : PMix_Music; loops : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeInMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeInMusic}
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannelTimed( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ms : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeInChannelTimed'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeInChannelTimed}
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+
+{ Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
+   If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
+   Returns the original volume.
+   If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
+}
+function Mix_Volume( channel : integer; volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Volume'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Volume}
+
+function Mix_VolumeChunk( chunk : PMix_Chunk; volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_VolumeChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_VolumeChunk}
+
+function Mix_VolumeMusic( volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_VolumeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_VolumeMusic}
+
+{ Halt playing of a particular channel }
+function Mix_HaltChannel( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltChannel}
+
+function Mix_HaltGroup( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltGroup'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltGroup}
+
+function Mix_HaltMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltMusic}
+
+{ Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
+   The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
+   or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
+}
+function Mix_ExpireChannel( channel : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ExpireChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ExpireChannel}
+
+{ Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
+   The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
+   will take.
+ }
+function Mix_FadeOutChannel( which : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutChannel}
+function Mix_FadeOutGroup( tag : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutGroup'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutGroup}
+function Mix_FadeOutMusic( ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutMusic}
+
+{ Query the fading status of a channel }
+function Mix_FadingMusic : TMix_Fading;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadingMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadingMusic}
+
+function Mix_FadingChannel( which : integer ) : TMix_Fading;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadingChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadingChannel}
+
+{ Pause/Resume a particular channel }
+procedure Mix_Pause( channel : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Pause'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Pause}
+
+procedure Mix_Resume( channel : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Resume'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Resume}
+
+function Mix_Paused( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Paused'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Paused}
+
+{ Pause/Resume the music stream }
+procedure Mix_PauseMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PauseMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PauseMusic}
+
+procedure Mix_ResumeMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ResumeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ResumeMusic}
+
+procedure Mix_RewindMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_RewindMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_RewindMusic}
+
+function Mix_PausedMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PausedMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PausedMusic}
+
+{ Set the current position in the music stream.
+  This returns 0 if successful, or -1 if it failed or isn't implemented.
+  This function is only implemented for MOD music formats (set pattern
+  order number) and for OGG music (set position in seconds), at the
+  moment.
+}
+function Mix_SetMusicPosition( position : double ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetMusicPosition'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetMusicPosition}
+
+{ Check the status of a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
+}
+function Mix_Playing( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Playing'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Playing}
+
+function Mix_PlayingMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayingMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayingMusic}
+
+{ Stop music and set external music playback command }
+function Mix_SetMusicCMD( const command : PChar ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetMusicCMD'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetMusicCMD}
+
+{ Synchro value is set by MikMod from modules while playing }
+function Mix_SetSynchroValue( value : integer ) : integer; overload;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetSynchroValue'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetSynchroValue}
+
+function Mix_GetSynchroValue : integer; overload;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetSynchroValue'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetSynchroValue}
+
+{
+  Get the Mix_Chunk currently associated with a mixer channel
+    Returns nil if it's an invalid channel, or there's no chunk associated.
+}
+function Mix_GetChunk( channel : integer ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetChunk}
+
+{ Close the mixer, halting all playing audio }
+procedure Mix_CloseAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_CloseAudio}
+
+{ We'll use SDL for reporting errors }
+procedure Mix_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+
+function Mix_GetError : PChar;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ initialization                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl_mixer'}  { link sdl_mixer.dll.a or libsdl_mixer.so or libsdl_mixer.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_MIXER_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+function Mix_LoadWAV( filename : PChar ) : PMix_Chunk;
+begin
+  result := Mix_LoadWAV_RW( SDL_RWFromFile( filename, 'rb' ), 1 );
+end;
+
+function Mix_PlayChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := Mix_PlayChannelTimed( channel, chunk, loops, -1 );
+end;
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops :
+  integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := Mix_FadeInChannelTimed( channel, chunk, loops, ms, -1 );
+end;
+
+procedure Mix_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function Mix_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer_nosmpeg.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer_nosmpeg.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3a455b5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_mixer_nosmpeg.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
+unit sdl_mixer_nosmpeg;
+{******************************************************************************}
+{ Copy of SDL_Mixer without smpeg dependency and mp3 support                    }
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'SDL_mixer.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer-1.2.0.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+    SDL_MixerLibName = 'libSDL_mixer-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDL_MixerLibName = 'SDL_mixer';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  {* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL *}
+  SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL    = 7;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // Backwards compatibility
+  MIX_MAJOR_VERSION = SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  MIX_MINOR_VERSION = SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION;
+  MIX_PATCHLEVEL    = SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL;
+
+  // SDL_Mixer.h constants
+  { The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels }
+{$IFNDEF MIX_CHANNELS}
+  MIX_CHANNELS = 8;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_CHANNELS}
+  { Good default values for a PC soundcard }
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY = 22050;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY}
+
+{$IFDEF IA32}
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$ELSE}
+  MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT = AUDIO_S16MSB;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT}
+
+  MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS}
+  MIX_MAX_VOLUME = 128; { Volume of a chunk }
+{$EXTERNALSYM MIX_MAX_VOLUME}
+
+  PATH_MAX = 255;
+
+  // mikmod.h constants
+  {*
+  * Library version
+  *}
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MAJOR = 3;
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+  LIBMIKMOD_REVISION = 8;
+  LIBMIKMOD_VERSION = ( ( LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MAJOR shl 16 ) or
+    ( LIBMIKMOD_VERSION_MINOR shl 8 ) or
+    ( LIBMIKMOD_REVISION ) );
+
+type
+  //music_cmd.h types
+  PMusicCMD = ^TMusicCMD;
+  TMusicCMD = record
+    filename : array[ 0..PATH_MAX - 1 ] of char;
+    cmd : array[ 0..PATH_MAX - 1 ] of char;
+    pid : TSYS_ThreadHandle;
+  end;
+
+  //wavestream.h types
+  PWAVStream = ^TWAVStream;
+  TWAVStream = record
+    wavefp : Pointer;
+    start : longint;
+    stop : longint;
+    cvt : TSDL_AudioCVT;
+  end;
+
+  //playmidi.h types
+  PMidiEvent = ^TMidiEvent;
+  TMidiEvent = record
+    time : Longint;
+    channel : uint8;
+    type_ : uint8;
+    a : uint8;
+    b : uint8;
+  end;
+
+  PMidiSong = ^TMidiSong;
+  TMidiSong = record
+    samples : Longint;
+    events : PMidiEvent;
+  end;
+
+  //music_ogg.h types
+  POGG_Music = ^TOGG_Music;
+  TOGG_Music = record
+    playing : integer;
+    volume : integer;
+    //vf: OggVorbis_File;
+    section : integer;
+    cvt : TSDL_AudioCVT;
+    len_available : integer;
+    snd_available : PUint8;
+  end;
+
+  // mikmod.h types
+  {*
+  * Error codes
+  *}
+  TErrorEnum = (
+    MMERR_OPENING_FILE,
+    MMERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+    MMERR_DYNAMIC_LINKING,
+    MMERR_SAMPLE_TOO_BIG,
+    MMERR_OUT_OF_HANDLES,
+    MMERR_UNKNOWN_WAVE_TYPE,
+    MMERR_LOADING_PATTERN,
+    MMERR_LOADING_TRACK,
+    MMERR_LOADING_HEADER,
+    MMERR_LOADING_SAMPLEINFO,
+    MMERR_NOT_A_MODULE,
+    MMERR_NOT_A_STREAM,
+    MMERR_MED_SYNTHSAMPLES,
+    MMERR_ITPACK_INVALID_DATA,
+    MMERR_DETECTING_DEVICE,
+    MMERR_INVALID_DEVICE,
+    MMERR_INITIALIZING_MIXER,
+    MMERR_OPENING_AUDIO,
+    MMERR_8BIT_ONLY,
+    MMERR_16BIT_ONLY,
+    MMERR_STEREO_ONLY,
+    MMERR_ULAW,
+    MMERR_NON_BLOCK,
+    MMERR_AF_AUDIO_PORT,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_INIT,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_CONTROL,
+    MMERR_AIX_CONFIG_START,
+    MMERR_GUS_SETTINGS,
+    MMERR_GUS_RESET,
+    MMERR_GUS_TIMER,
+    MMERR_HP_SETSAMPLESIZE,
+    MMERR_HP_SETSPEED,
+    MMERR_HP_CHANNELS,
+    MMERR_HP_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+    MMERR_HP_AUDIO_DESC,
+    MMERR_HP_BUFFERSIZE,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETFRAGMENT,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSAMPLESIZE,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSTEREO,
+    MMERR_OSS_SETSPEED,
+    MMERR_SGI_SPEED,
+    MMERR_SGI_16BIT,
+    MMERR_SGI_8BIT,
+    MMERR_SGI_STEREO,
+    MMERR_SGI_MONO,
+    MMERR_SUN_INIT,
+    MMERR_OS2_MIXSETUP,
+    MMERR_OS2_SEMAPHORE,
+    MMERR_OS2_TIMER,
+    MMERR_OS2_THREAD,
+    MMERR_DS_PRIORITY,
+    MMERR_DS_BUFFER,
+    MMERR_DS_FORMAT,
+    MMERR_DS_NOTIFY,
+    MMERR_DS_EVENT,
+    MMERR_DS_THREAD,
+    MMERR_DS_UPDATE,
+    MMERR_WINMM_HANDLE,
+    MMERR_WINMM_ALLOCATED,
+    MMERR_WINMM_DEVICEID,
+    MMERR_WINMM_FORMAT,
+    MMERR_WINMM_UNKNOWN,
+    MMERR_MAC_SPEED,
+    MMERR_MAC_START,
+    MMERR_MAX
+    );
+
+  PMODULE = ^TMODULE;
+  TMODULE = record
+    (* general module information *)
+    //CHAR*       songname;    (* name of the song *)
+    //CHAR*       modtype;     (* string type of module loaded *)
+    //CHAR*       comment;     (* module comments *)
+    //UWORD       flags;       (* See module flags above *)
+    //UBYTE       numchn;      (* number of module channels *)
+    //UBYTE       numvoices;   (* max # voices used for full NNA playback *)
+    //UWORD       numpos;      (* number of positions in this song *)
+    //UWORD       numpat;      (* number of patterns in this song *)
+    //UWORD       numins;      (* number of instruments *)
+    //UWORD       numsmp;      (* number of samples *)
+    //type = record  INSTRUMENT* instruments; (* all instruments *)
+    //type = record  SAMPLE*     samples;     (* all samples *)
+    //UBYTE       realchn;     (* real number of channels used *)
+    //UBYTE       totalchn;    (* total number of channels used (incl NNAs) *)
+    (* playback settings *)
+    //UWORD       reppos;      (* restart position *)
+    //UBYTE       initspeed;   (* initial song speed *)
+    //UWORD       inittempo;   (* initial song tempo *)
+    //UBYTE       initvolume;  (* initial global volume (0 - 128) *)
+    //UWORD       panning : array[ 0..64- 1 ] of ; (* 64 panning positions *)
+    //UBYTE       chanvol : array[ 0..64- 1 ] of ; (* 64 channel positions *)
+    //UWORD       bpm;         (* current beats-per-minute speed *)
+    //UWORD       sngspd;      (* current song speed *)
+    //SWORD       volume;      (* song volume (0-128) (or user volume) *)
+    //BOOL        extspd;      (* extended speed flag (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        panflag;     (* panning flag (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        wrap;        (* wrap module ? (default disabled) *)
+    //BOOL        loop;          (* allow module to loop ? (default enabled) *)
+    //BOOL        fadeout;       (* volume fade out during last pattern *)
+    //UWORD       patpos;      (* current row number *)
+    //SWORD       sngpos;      (* current song position *)
+    //ULONG       sngtime;     (* current song time in 2^-10 seconds *)
+    //SWORD       relspd;      (* relative speed factor *)
+    (* internal module representation *)
+    //UWORD       numtrk;      (* number of tracks *)
+    //UBYTE**     tracks;      (* array of numtrk pointers to tracks *)
+    //UWORD*      patterns;    (* array of Patterns *)
+    //UWORD*      pattrows;    (* array of number of rows for each pattern *)
+    //UWORD*      positions;   (* all positions *)
+    //BOOL        forbid;      (* if true, no player updatenot  *)
+    //UWORD       numrow;      (* number of rows on current pattern *)
+    //UWORD       vbtick;      (* tick counter (counts from 0 to sngspd) *)
+    //UWORD       sngremainder;(* used for song time computation *)
+    //type = record MP_CONTROL*  control;     (* Effects Channel info (size pf.numchn) *)
+    //type = record MP_VOICE*    voice;       (* Audio Voice information (size md_numchn) *)
+    //UBYTE       globalslide; (* global volume slide rate *)
+    //UBYTE       pat_repcrazy;(* module has just looped to position -1 *)
+    //UWORD       patbrk;      (* position where to start a new pattern *)
+    //UBYTE       patdly;      (* patterndelay counter (command memory) *)
+    //UBYTE       patdly2;     (* patterndelay counter (real one) *)
+    //SWORD       posjmp;      (* flag to indicate a jump is needed... *)
+  end;
+
+  PUNIMOD = ^TUNIMOD;
+  TUNIMOD = TMODULE;
+
+  //SDL_mixer.h types
+  { The internal format for an audio chunk }
+  PMix_Chunk = ^TMix_Chunk;
+  TMix_Chunk = record
+    allocated : integer;
+    abuf : PUint8;
+    alen : Uint32;
+    volume : Uint8; { Per-sample volume, 0-128 }
+  end;
+  Mix_Chunk = TMix_Chunk;
+
+  { The different fading types supported }
+  TMix_Fading = (
+    MIX_NO_FADING,
+    MIX_FADING_OUT,
+    MIX_FADING_IN
+    );
+  Mix_Fading = TMix_Fading;
+
+  TMix_MusicType = (
+    MUS_NONE,
+    MUS_CMD,
+    MUS_WAV,
+    MUS_MOD,
+    MUS_MID,
+    MUS_OGG
+    );
+  Mix_MusicType = TMix_MusicType;
+
+  TMusicUnion = record
+    case Byte of
+      0 : ( cmd : PMusicCMD );
+      1 : ( wave : PWAVStream );
+      2 : ( module : PUNIMOD );
+      3 : ( midi : TMidiSong );
+      4 : ( ogg : POGG_music );
+  end;
+
+  P_Mix_Music = ^T_Mix_Music;
+  T_Mix_Music = record
+    type_ : TMix_MusicType;
+    data : TMusicUnion;
+    fading : TMix_Fading;
+    fade_volume : integer;
+    fade_step : integer;
+    fade_steps : integer;
+    error : integer;
+  end;
+
+  { The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod }
+  PMix_Music = ^TMix_Music;
+  TMix_Music = T_Mix_Music;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMixFunction = function( udata : Pointer; stream : PUint8; len : integer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMixFunction = function( udata : Pointer; stream : PUint8; len : integer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_mixer library. }
+procedure SDL_MIXER_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIXER_VERSION}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_mixer library.
+     It should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should use the
+     SDL_MIXER_VERSION() macro. }
+function Mix_Linked_Version : PSDL_version;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Linked_Version}
+
+{ Open the mixer with a certain audio format }
+function Mix_OpenAudio( frequency : integer; format : Uint16; channels :
+  integer; chunksize : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_OpenAudio}
+
+{ Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
+   If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
+   stopped.
+   This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
+ }
+function Mix_AllocateChannels( numchannels : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_AllocateChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_AllocateChannels}
+
+{ Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
+   This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
+ }
+function Mix_QuerySpec( var frequency : integer; var format : Uint16; var channels : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_QuerySpec'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_QuerySpec}
+
+{ Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file }
+function Mix_LoadWAV_RW( src : PSDL_RWops; freesrc : integer ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_LoadWAV_RW}
+
+function Mix_LoadWAV( filename : PChar ) : PMix_Chunk;
+
+function Mix_LoadMUS( const filename : PChar ) : PMix_Music;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_LoadMUS'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_LoadMUS}
+
+(*#if 0 { This hasn't been hooked into music.c yet }
+{ Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (MikMod-specific currently)
+   Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 }
+function Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *rw) : PMix_Music;  cdecl;
+#endif*)
+
+{ Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer }
+function Mix_QuickLoad_WAV( mem : PUint8 ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_QuickLoad_WAV'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_QuickLoad_WAV}
+
+{ Free an audio chunk previously loaded }
+procedure Mix_FreeChunk( chunk : PMix_Chunk );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FreeChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FreeChunk}
+
+procedure Mix_FreeMusic( music : PMix_Music );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FreeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FreeMusic}
+
+{ Find out the music format of a mixer music, or the currently playing
+   music, if 'music' is NULL.}
+function Mix_GetMusicType( music : PMix_Music ) : TMix_MusicType;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetMusicType'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetMusicType}
+
+{ Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
+   This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
+   or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
+}
+procedure Mix_SetPostMix( mix_func : TMixFunction; arg : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPostMix'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPostMix}
+
+{ Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
+   If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
+ }
+procedure Mix_HookMusic( mix_func : TMixFunction; arg : Pointer );
+ cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HookMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HookMusic}
+
+{ Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
+ }
+procedure Mix_HookMusicFinished( music_finished : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HookMusicFinished'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HookMusicFinished}
+
+{ Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook }
+function Mix_GetMusicHookData : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetMusicHookData'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetMusicHookData}
+
+{* Add your own callback when a channel has finished playing. NULL
+ * to disable callback.*}
+type
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TChannel_finished = procedure( channel: Integer ); cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TChannel_finished = procedure( channel: Integer );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+procedure Mix_ChannelFinished( channel_finished : TChannel_finished );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ChannelFinished'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ChannelFinished}
+
+const
+  MIX_CHANNEL_POST = -2;
+
+  {* This is the format of a special effect callback:
+   *
+   *   myeffect(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+   *
+   * (chan) is the channel number that your effect is affecting. (stream) is
+   *  the buffer of data to work upon. (len) is the size of (stream), and
+   *  (udata) is a user-defined bit of data, which you pass as the last arg of
+   *  Mix_RegisterEffect(), and is passed back unmolested to your callback.
+   *  Your effect changes the contents of (stream) based on whatever parameters
+   *  are significant, or just leaves it be, if you prefer. You can do whatever
+   *  you like to the buffer, though, and it will continue in its changed state
+   *  down the mixing pipeline, through any other effect functions, then finally
+   *  to be mixed with the rest of the channels and music for the final output
+   *  stream.
+   *}
+type
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMix_EffectFunc = function( chan : integer; stream : Pointer; len : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMix_EffectFunc = function( chan : integer; stream : Pointer; len : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {*
+   * This is a callback that signifies that a channel has finished all its
+   *  loops and has completed playback. This gets called if the buffer
+   *  plays out normally, or if you call Mix_HaltChannel(), implicitly stop
+   *  a channel via Mix_AllocateChannels(), or unregister a callback while
+   *  it's still playing.
+   *}
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TMix_EffectDone = function( chan : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TMix_EffectDone = function( chan : integer; udata : Pointer ) : Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {* Register a special effect function. At mixing time, the channel data is
+  *  copied into a buffer and passed through each registered effect function.
+  *  After it passes through all the functions, it is mixed into the final
+  *  output stream. The copy to buffer is performed once, then each effect
+  *  function performs on the output of the previous effect. Understand that
+  *  this extra copy to a buffer is not performed if there are no effects
+  *  registered for a given chunk, which saves CPU cycles, and any given
+  *  effect will be extra cycles, too, so it is crucial that your code run
+  *  fast. Also note that the data that your function is given is in the
+  *  format of the sound device, and not the format you gave to Mix_OpenAudio(),
+  *  although they may in reality be the same. This is an unfortunate but
+  *  necessary speed concern. Use Mix_QuerySpec() to determine if you can
+  *  handle the data before you register your effect, and take appropriate
+  *  actions.
+  * You may also specify a callback (Mix_EffectDone_t) that is called when
+  *  the channel finishes playing. This gives you a more fine-grained control
+  *  than Mix_ChannelFinished(), in case you need to free effect-specific
+  *  resources, etc. If you don't need this, you can specify NULL.
+  * You may set the callbacks before or after calling Mix_PlayChannel().
+  * Things like Mix_SetPanning() are just internal special effect functions,
+  *  so if you are using that, you've already incurred the overhead of a copy
+  *  to a separate buffer, and that these effects will be in the queue with
+  *  any functions you've registered. The list of registered effects for a
+  *  channel is reset when a chunk finishes playing, so you need to explicitly
+  *  set them with each call to Mix_PlayChannel*().
+  * You may also register a special effect function that is to be run after
+  *  final mixing occurs. The rules for these callbacks are identical to those
+  *  in Mix_RegisterEffect, but they are run after all the channels and the
+  *  music have been mixed into a single stream, whereas channel-specific
+  *  effects run on a given channel before any other mixing occurs. These
+  *  global effect callbacks are call "posteffects". Posteffects only have
+  *  their Mix_EffectDone_t function called when they are unregistered (since
+  *  the main output stream is never "done" in the same sense as a channel).
+  *  You must unregister them manually when you've had enough. Your callback
+  *  will be told that the channel being mixed is (MIX_CHANNEL_POST) if the
+  *  processing is considered a posteffect.
+  *
+  * After all these effects have finished processing, the callback registered
+  *  through Mix_SetPostMix() runs, and then the stream goes to the audio
+  *  device.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if added.
+  *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+  *}
+function Mix_RegisterEffect( chan : integer; f : TMix_EffectFunc; d : TMix_EffectDone; arg : Pointer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_RegisterEffect'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_RegisterEffect}
+
+{* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop an
+ *  effect from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ *  but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ *  specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or effect), nonzero if removed.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ *}
+function Mix_UnregisterEffect( channel : integer; f : TMix_EffectFunc ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_UnregisterEffect'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_UnregisterEffect}
+
+ {* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop all
+  * effects from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback. Note that
+  * this will also shut off some internal effect processing, since
+  * Mix_SetPanning( ) and others may use this API under the hood.This is
+  * called internally when a channel completes playback.
+  * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+  * but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+  * specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel ), nonzero if all effects removed.
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  *}
+function Mix_UnregisterAllEffects( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_UnregisterAllEffects'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_UnregisterAllEffects}
+
+const
+  MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED = 'MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED';
+
+  {*
+  * These are the internally - defined mixing effects.They use the same API that
+  * effects defined in the application use, but are provided here as a
+  * convenience.Some effects can reduce their quality or use more memory in
+  * the name of speed; to enable this, make sure the environment variable
+  * MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED( see above ) is defined before you call
+  * Mix_OpenAudio( ).
+  * }
+
+  {* set the panning of a channel.The left and right channels are specified
+  * as integers between 0 and 255, quietest to loudest, respectively.
+  *
+  * Technically, this is just individual volume control for a sample with
+  * two( stereo )channels, so it can be used for more than just panning.
+  * if you want real panning, call it like this :
+  *
+  * Mix_SetPanning( channel, left, 255 - left );
+  *
+  * ...which isn't so hard.
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the panning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+  * to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally, and returns without
+  * registering the effect function if the audio device is not configured
+  * for stereo output.Setting both( left ) and ( right ) to 255 causes this
+  * effect to be unregistered, since that is the data's normal state.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if panning effect enabled.Note that an audio device in mono
+  * mode is a no - op, but this call will return successful in that case .
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetPanning( channel : integer; left : Uint8; right : Uint8  ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPanning'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPanning}
+
+  { * set the position ofa channel.( angle ) is an integer from 0 to 360, that
+    * specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.( angle )
+    * will be reduced as neccesary( 540 becomes 180 degrees, -100 becomes 260 ).
+    * Angle 0 is due north, and rotates clockwise as the value increases.
+    * for efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited( angles 1
+    * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc ).
+    * ( distance ) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+    * between the sound and the listener.The larger the number, the further
+    * away the sound is .Using 255 does not guarantee that the channel will be
+    * culled from the mixing process or be completely silent.For efficiency,
+    * the precision of this effect may be limited( distance 0 through 5 might
+    * all produce the same effect, 6 through 10 are equal, etc ).Setting( angle )
+    * and ( distance ) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+    * unchanged.
+    *
+    * if you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+    * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer.This is only meant to be a
+    * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+    *
+    * if the audio device is configured for mono output, then you won't get
+    * any effectiveness from the angle; however, distance attenuation on the
+  * channel will still occur.While this effect will function with stereo
+  * voices, it makes more sense to use voices with only one channel of sound,
+  * so when they are mixed through this effect, the positioning will sound
+  * correct.You can convert them to mono through SDL before giving them to
+  * the mixer in the first place if you like.
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the positioning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it
+  * on to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This is a convenience wrapper over Mix_SetDistance( ) and Mix_SetPanning( ).
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetPosition( channel :integer; angle : Sint16; distance : Uint8  ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetPosition'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetPosition}
+
+  {* set the "distance" of a channel.( distance ) is an integer from 0 to 255
+  * that specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.
+  * Distance 0 is overlapping the listener, and 255 is as far away as possible
+  * A distance of 255 does not guarantee silence; in such a case , you might
+  * want to try changing the chunk's volume, or just cull the sample from the
+  * mixing process with Mix_HaltChannel( ).
+    * for efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited( distances 1
+    * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc ).
+    * ( distance ) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+    * between the sound and the listener.The larger the number, the further
+    * away the sound is .
+    * Setting( distance ) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+    * unchanged.
+    * if you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+    * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer.This is only meant to be a
+    * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+    *
+    * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+    * the distance attenuation will be done to the final mixed stream before
+    * passing it on to the audio device.
+    *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+    * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+    * }
+    function Mix_SetDistance( channel : integer; distance : Uint8 ) : integer;
+    cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetDistance'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+    {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetDistance}
+  { *
+    * !!! FIXME : Haven't implemented, since the effect goes past the
+  * end of the sound buffer.Will have to think about this.
+  * - -ryan.
+  * /
+  { if 0
+  { * Causes an echo effect to be mixed into a sound.( echo ) is the amount
+  * of echo to mix.0 is no echo, 255 is infinite( and probably not
+  * what you want ).
+  *
+  * Setting( channel ) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+  * the reverbing will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+  * to the audio device.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally.If you specify an echo
+  * of zero, the effect is unregistered, as the data is already in that state.
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.
+    * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+    *
+    extern no_parse_DECLSPEC int Mix_SetReverb( int channel, Uint8 echo );
+  #E ndif}
+  { * Causes a channel to reverse its stereo.This is handy if the user has his
+    * speakers hooked up backwards, or you would like to have a minor bit of
+  * psychedelia in your sound code. : )Calling this function with ( flip )
+  * set to non - zero reverses the chunks's usual channels. If (flip) is zero,
+  * the effect is unregistered.
+  *
+  * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect( )API internally, and thus is probably
+  * more CPU intensive than having the user just plug in his speakers
+  * correctly.Mix_SetReverseStereo( )returns without registering the effect
+  * function if the audio device is not configured for stereo output.
+  *
+  * if you specify MIX_CHANNEL_POST for ( channel ), then this the effect is used
+  * on the final mixed stream before sending it on to the audio device( a
+  * posteffect ).
+  *
+  * returns zero if error( no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect( )fails ),
+  * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.Note that an audio device in mono
+  * mode is a no - op, but this call will return successful in that case .
+  * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError( ).
+  * }
+  function Mix_SetReverseStereo( channel : integer; flip : integer ) : integer;
+  cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetReverseStereo'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+  {$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetReverseStereo}
+  { end of effects API. - -ryan. *}
+
+{ Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
+   them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
+   Returns the number of reserved channels.
+ }
+function Mix_ReserveChannels( num : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ReserveChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ReserveChannels}
+
+{ Channel grouping functions }
+
+{ Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
+   channels, to form groups of channels.
+   If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
+   represent the group of all the channels).
+   Returns true if everything was OK.
+ }
+function Mix_GroupChannel( which : integer; tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupChannel}
+
+{ Assign several consecutive channels to a group }
+function Mix_GroupChannels( from : integer; to_ : integer; tag : integer ) :
+integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupChannels'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupChannels}
+
+{ Finds the first available channel in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupAvailable( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupAvailable'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupAvailable}
+
+{ Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
+   way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
+ }
+function Mix_GroupCount( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupCount'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupCount}
+
+{ Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupOldest( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupOldest'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupOldest}
+
+{ Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels }
+function Mix_GroupNewer( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GroupNewer'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GroupNewer}
+
+{ The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds }
+function Mix_PlayChannelTimed( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayChannelTimed'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayChannelTimed}
+
+{ Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
+   If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
+   If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
+   Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
+}
+function Mix_PlayChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer ) : integer;
+
+function Mix_PlayMusic( music : PMix_Music; loops : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayMusic}
+
+{ Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions }
+function Mix_FadeInMusic( music : PMix_Music; loops : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeInMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeInMusic}
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannelTimed( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ms : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeInChannelTimed'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeInChannelTimed}
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+
+{ Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
+   If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
+   Returns the original volume.
+   If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
+}
+function Mix_Volume( channel : integer; volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Volume'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Volume}
+
+function Mix_VolumeChunk( chunk : PMix_Chunk; volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_VolumeChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_VolumeChunk}
+
+function Mix_VolumeMusic( volume : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_VolumeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_VolumeMusic}
+
+{ Halt playing of a particular channel }
+function Mix_HaltChannel( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltChannel}
+
+function Mix_HaltGroup( tag : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltGroup'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltGroup}
+
+function Mix_HaltMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_HaltMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_HaltMusic}
+
+{ Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
+   The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
+   or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
+}
+function Mix_ExpireChannel( channel : integer; ticks : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ExpireChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ExpireChannel}
+
+{ Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
+   The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
+   will take.
+ }
+function Mix_FadeOutChannel( which : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutChannel}
+function Mix_FadeOutGroup( tag : integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutGroup'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutGroup}
+function Mix_FadeOutMusic( ms : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadeOutMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadeOutMusic}
+
+{ Query the fading status of a channel }
+function Mix_FadingMusic : TMix_Fading;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadingMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadingMusic}
+
+function Mix_FadingChannel( which : integer ) : TMix_Fading;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_FadingChannel'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_FadingChannel}
+
+{ Pause/Resume a particular channel }
+procedure Mix_Pause( channel : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Pause'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Pause}
+
+procedure Mix_Resume( channel : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Resume'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Resume}
+
+function Mix_Paused( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Paused'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Paused}
+
+{ Pause/Resume the music stream }
+procedure Mix_PauseMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PauseMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PauseMusic}
+
+procedure Mix_ResumeMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_ResumeMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_ResumeMusic}
+
+procedure Mix_RewindMusic;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_RewindMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_RewindMusic}
+
+function Mix_PausedMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PausedMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PausedMusic}
+
+{ Set the current position in the music stream.
+  This returns 0 if successful, or -1 if it failed or isn't implemented.
+  This function is only implemented for MOD music formats (set pattern
+  order number) and for OGG music (set position in seconds), at the
+  moment.
+}
+function Mix_SetMusicPosition( position : double ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetMusicPosition'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetMusicPosition}
+
+{ Check the status of a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
+}
+function Mix_Playing( channel : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_Playing'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_Playing}
+
+function Mix_PlayingMusic : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_PlayingMusic'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_PlayingMusic}
+
+{ Stop music and set external music playback command }
+function Mix_SetMusicCMD( const command : PChar ) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetMusicCMD'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetMusicCMD}
+
+{ Synchro value is set by MikMod from modules while playing }
+function Mix_SetSynchroValue( value : integer ) : integer; overload;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_SetSynchroValue'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetSynchroValue}
+
+function Mix_GetSynchroValue : integer; overload;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetSynchroValue'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_SetSynchroValue}
+
+{
+  Get the Mix_Chunk currently associated with a mixer channel
+    Returns nil if it's an invalid channel, or there's no chunk associated.
+}
+function Mix_GetChunk( channel : integer ) : PMix_Chunk;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_GetChunk'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_GetChunk}
+
+{ Close the mixer, halting all playing audio }
+procedure Mix_CloseAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'Mix_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDL_MixerLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM Mix_CloseAudio}
+
+{ We'll use SDL for reporting errors }
+procedure Mix_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+
+function Mix_GetError : PChar;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ initialization                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl_mixer'}  { link sdl_mixer.dll.a or libsdl_mixer.so or libsdl_mixer.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_MIXER_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+function Mix_LoadWAV( filename : PChar ) : PMix_Chunk;
+begin
+  result := Mix_LoadWAV_RW( SDL_RWFromFile( filename, 'rb' ), 1 );
+end;
+
+function Mix_PlayChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := Mix_PlayChannelTimed( channel, chunk, loops, -1 );
+end;
+
+function Mix_FadeInChannel( channel : integer; chunk : PMix_Chunk; loops :
+  integer; ms : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := Mix_FadeInChannelTimed( channel, chunk, loops, ms, -1 );
+end;
+
+procedure Mix_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function Mix_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_net.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_net.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ddedd27b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_net.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+unit sdl_net;
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Id: sdl_net.pas,v 1.7 2005/01/01 02:14:21 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL_Net - A x-platform network library for use with SDL.}
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Network Headers             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_net.h                                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.pas somehere in your search path                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   April   09 2001 - DL : Initial Translation                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_net.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.7  2005/01/01 02:14:21  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.5
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/16 22:16:40  savage
+  v1.0 changes
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF windows}
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF windows}
+  SDLNetLibName = 'SDL_net.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDLNetLibName = 'libSDL_net.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  SDLNetLibName = 'libSDL_net.so';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLNetLibName = 'SDL_net';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  {* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL *}
+  SDL_NET_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NET_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_NET_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NET_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_NET_PATCHLEVEL = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NET_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // SDL_Net.h constants
+  {* Resolve a host name and port to an IP address in network form.
+   If the function succeeds, it will return 0.
+   If the host couldn't be resolved, the host portion of the returned
+   address will be INADDR_NONE, and the function will return -1.
+   If 'host' is NULL, the resolved host will be set to INADDR_ANY.
+ *}
+  INADDR_ANY = $00000000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM INADDR_ANY}
+
+  INADDR_NONE = $FFFFFFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM INADDR_NONE}
+
+{***********************************************************************}
+{* UDP network API                                                     *}
+{***********************************************************************}
+{* The maximum channels on a a UDP socket *}
+  SDLNET_MAX_UDPCHANNELS = 32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNET_MAX_UDPCHANNELS}
+{* The maximum addresses bound to a single UDP socket channel *}
+  SDLNET_MAX_UDPADDRESSES = 4;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNET_MAX_UDPADDRESSES}
+
+type
+  // SDL_net.h types
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* IPv4 hostname resolution API                                        *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  PIPAddress = ^TIPAddress;
+  TIPAddress = record
+    host : Uint32; // 32-bit IPv4 host address */
+    port : Uint16; // 16-bit protocol port */
+  end;
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* TCP network API                                                     *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  PTCPSocket = ^TTCPSocket;
+  TTCPSocket = record
+    ready : integer;
+{$IFDEF windows}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+    remoteAddress : TIPaddress;
+    localAddress : TIPaddress;
+    sflag : integer;
+  end;
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* UDP network API                                                     *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  PUDP_Channel = ^TUDP_Channel;
+  TUDP_Channel = record
+    numbound : integer;
+    address : array[ 0..SDLNET_MAX_UDPADDRESSES - 1 ] of TIPAddress;
+  end;
+
+  PUDPSocket = ^TUDPSocket;
+  TUDPSocket = record
+    ready : integer;
+{$IFDEF windows}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+    address : TIPAddress;
+    binding : array[ 0..SDLNET_MAX_UDPCHANNELS - 1 ] of TUDP_Channel;
+  end;
+
+  PUDPpacket = ^TUDPpacket;
+  PPUDPpacket = ^PUDPpacket;
+  TUDPpacket = record
+    channel : integer; {* The src/dst channel of the packet *}
+    data : PUint8; {* The packet data *}
+    len : integer; {* The length of the packet data *}
+    maxlen : integer; {* The size of the data buffer *}
+    status : integer; {* packet status after sending *}
+    address : TIPAddress; {* The source/dest address of an incoming/outgoing packet *}
+  end;
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* Hooks for checking sockets for available data                       *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  PSDLNet_Socket = ^TSDLNet_Socket;
+  TSDLNet_Socket = record
+    ready : integer;
+{$IFDEF windows}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+    channel : integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+  end;
+
+  PSDLNet_SocketSet = ^TSDLNet_SocketSet;
+  TSDLNet_SocketSet = record
+    numsockets : integer;
+    maxsockets : integer;
+    sockets : PSDLNet_Socket;
+  end;
+
+  {* Any network socket can be safely cast to this socket type *}
+  PSDLNet_GenericSocket = ^TSDLNet_GenericSocket;
+  TSDLNet_GenericSocket = record
+    ready : integer;
+  end;
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_net library. }
+procedure SDL_NET_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NET_VERSION}
+
+{* Initialize/Cleanup the network API
+   SDL must be initialized before calls to functions in this library,
+   because this library uses utility functions from the SDL library.
+*}
+function SDLNet_Init : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Init'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Init}
+
+procedure SDLNet_Quit;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Quit'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Quit}
+
+ {* Resolve a host name and port to an IP address in network form.
+   If the function succeeds, it will return 0.
+   If the host couldn't be resolved, the host portion of the returned
+   address will be INADDR_NONE, and the function will return -1.
+   If 'host' is NULL, the resolved host will be set to INADDR_ANY.
+ *}
+function SDLNet_ResolveHost( var address : TIPaddress; host : PCHar; port : Uint16 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_ResolveHost'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_ResolveHost}
+
+{* Resolve an ip address to a host name in canonical form.
+   If the ip couldn't be resolved, this function returns NULL,
+   otherwise a pointer to a static buffer containing the hostname
+   is returned.  Note that this function is not thread-safe.
+*}
+function SDLNet_ResolveIP( var ip : TIPaddress ) : PChar;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_ResolveIP'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_ResolveIP}
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* TCP network API                                                     *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+
+{* Open a TCP network socket
+   If ip.host is INADDR_NONE, this creates a local server socket on the
+   given port, otherwise a TCP connection to the remote host and port is
+   attempted.  The address passed in should already be swapped to network
+   byte order (addresses returned from SDLNet_ResolveHost() are already
+   in the correct form).
+   The newly created socket is returned, or NULL if there was an error.
+*}
+function SDLNet_TCP_Open( var ip : TIPaddress ) : PTCPSocket;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_Open'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_Open}
+
+{* Accept an incoming connection on the given server socket.
+   The newly created socket is returned, or NULL if there was an error.
+*}
+function SDLNet_TCP_Accept( server : PTCPsocket ) : PTCPSocket;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_Accept'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_Accept}
+
+{* Get the IP address of the remote system associated with the socket.
+   If the socket is a server socket, this function returns NULL.
+*}
+function SDLNet_TCP_GetPeerAddress( sock : PTCPsocket ) : PIPAddress;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_GetPeerAddress'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_GetPeerAddress}
+
+{* Send 'len' bytes of 'data' over the non-server socket 'sock'
+   This function returns the actual amount of data sent.  If the return value
+   is less than the amount of data sent, then either the remote connection was
+   closed, or an unknown socket error occurred.
+*}
+function SDLNet_TCP_Send( sock : PTCPsocket; data : Pointer; len : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_Send'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_Send}
+
+{* Receive up to 'maxlen' bytes of data over the non-server socket 'sock',
+   and store them in the buffer pointed to by 'data'.
+   This function returns the actual amount of data received.  If the return
+   value is less than or equal to zero, then either the remote connection was
+   closed, or an unknown socket error occurred.
+*}
+function SDLNet_TCP_Recv( sock : PTCPsocket; data : Pointer; maxlen : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_Recv'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_Recv}
+
+{* Close a TCP network socket *}
+procedure SDLNet_TCP_Close( sock : PTCPsocket );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_TCP_Close'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_TCP_Close}
+
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* UDP network API                                                     *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+
+  {* Allocate/resize/free a single UDP packet 'size' bytes long.
+   The new packet is returned, or NULL if the function ran out of memory.
+ *}
+function SDLNet_AllocPacket( size : integer ) : PUDPpacket;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_AllocPacket'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_AllocPacket}
+
+function SDLNet_ResizePacket( packet : PUDPpacket; newsize : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_ResizePacket'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_ResizePacket}
+
+procedure SDLNet_FreePacket( packet : PUDPpacket );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_FreePacket'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_FreePacket}
+
+{* Allocate/Free a UDP packet vector (array of packets) of 'howmany' packets,
+   each 'size' bytes long.
+   A pointer to the first packet in the array is returned, or NULL if the
+   function ran out of memory.
+ *}
+function SDLNet_AllocPacketV( howmany : integer; size : integer ) : PUDPpacket;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_AllocPacketV'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_AllocPacketV}
+
+procedure SDLNet_FreePacketV( packetV : PUDPpacket );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_FreePacketV'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_FreePacketV}
+
+{* Open a UDP network socket
+   If 'port' is non-zero, the UDP socket is bound to a local port.
+   This allows other systems to send to this socket via a known port.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_Open( port : Uint16 ) : PUDPsocket;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Open'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Open}
+
+{* Bind the address 'address' to the requested channel on the UDP socket.
+   If the channel is -1, then the first unbound channel will be bound with
+   the given address as it's primary address.
+   If the channel is already bound, this new address will be added to the
+   list of valid source addresses for packets arriving on the channel.
+   If the channel is not already bound, then the address becomes the primary
+   address, to which all outbound packets on the channel are sent.
+   This function returns the channel which was bound, or -1 on error.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_Bind( sock : PUDPsocket; channel : integer; var address : TIPaddress ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Bind'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Bind}
+
+{* Unbind all addresses from the given channel *}
+procedure SDLNet_UDP_Unbind( sock : PUDPsocket; channel : integer );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Unbind'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Unbind}
+
+{* Get the primary IP address of the remote system associated with the
+   socket and channel.  If the channel is -1, then the primary IP port
+   of the UDP socket is returned -- this is only meaningful for sockets
+   opened with a specific port.
+   If the channel is not bound and not -1, this function returns NULL.
+ *}
+function SDLNet_UDP_GetPeerAddress( sock : PUDPsocket; channel : integer ) : PIPAddress;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_GetPeerAddress'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_GetPeerAddress}
+
+{* Send a vector of packets to the the channels specified within the packet.
+   If the channel specified in the packet is -1, the packet will be sent to
+   the address in the 'src' member of the packet.
+   Each packet will be updated with the status of the packet after it has
+   been sent, -1 if the packet send failed.
+   This function returns the number of packets sent.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_SendV( sock : PUDPsocket; packets : PPUDPpacket; npackets : integer ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_SendV'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_SendV}
+
+{* Send a single packet to the specified channel.
+   If the channel specified in the packet is -1, the packet will be sent to
+   the address in the 'src' member of the packet.
+   The packet will be updated with the status of the packet after it has
+   been sent.
+   This function returns 1 if the packet was sent, or 0 on error.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_Send( sock : PUDPsocket; channel : integer; packet : PUDPpacket ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Send'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Send}
+
+{* Receive a vector of pending packets from the UDP socket.
+   The returned packets contain the source address and the channel they arrived
+   on.  If they did not arrive on a bound channel, the the channel will be set
+   to -1.
+   The channels are checked in highest to lowest order, so if an address is
+   bound to multiple channels, the highest channel with the source address
+   bound will be returned.
+   This function returns the number of packets read from the network, or -1
+   on error.  This function does not block, so can return 0 packets pending.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_RecvV( sock : PUDPsocket; packets : PPUDPpacket ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_RecvV'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_RecvV}
+
+{* Receive a single packet from the UDP socket.
+   The returned packet contains the source address and the channel it arrived
+   on.  If it did not arrive on a bound channel, the the channel will be set
+   to -1.
+   The channels are checked in highest to lowest order, so if an address is
+   bound to multiple channels, the highest channel with the source address
+   bound will be returned.
+   This function returns the number of packets read from the network, or -1
+   on error.  This function does not block, so can return 0 packets pending.
+*}
+function SDLNet_UDP_Recv( sock : PUDPsocket; packet : PUDPpacket ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Recv'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Recv}
+
+{* Close a UDP network socket *}
+procedure SDLNet_UDP_Close( sock : PUDPsocket );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_UDP_Close'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_UDP_Close}
+
+  {***********************************************************************}
+  {* Hooks for checking sockets for available data                       *}
+  {***********************************************************************}
+
+{* Allocate a socket set for use with SDLNet_CheckSockets()
+   This returns a socket set for up to 'maxsockets' sockets, or NULL if
+   the function ran out of memory.
+ *}
+function SDLNet_AllocSocketSet( maxsockets : integer ) : PSDLNet_SocketSet;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_AllocSocketSet'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_AllocSocketSet}
+
+{* Add a socket to a set of sockets to be checked for available data *}
+function SDLNet_AddSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PSDLNet_GenericSocket ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_AddSocket'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_AddSocket}
+
+function SDLNet_TCP_AddSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PTCPSocket ) : integer;
+
+function SDLNet_UDP_AddSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PUDPSocket ) : integer;
+
+
+{* Remove a socket from a set of sockets to be checked for available data *}
+function SDLNet_DelSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PSDLNet_GenericSocket ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_DelSocket'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_DelSocket}
+
+function SDLNet_TCP_DelSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PTCPSocket ) : integer; // SDLNet_DelSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock)
+
+function SDLNet_UDP_DelSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PUDPSocket ) : integer; //SDLNet_DelSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock)
+
+{* This function checks to see if data is available for reading on the
+   given set of sockets.  If 'timeout' is 0, it performs a quick poll,
+   otherwise the function returns when either data is available for
+   reading, or the timeout in milliseconds has elapsed, which ever occurs
+   first.  This function returns the number of sockets ready for reading,
+   or -1 if there was an error with the select() system call.
+*}
+function SDLNet_CheckSockets( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; timeout : Sint32 ) : integer;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_CheckSockets'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_CheckSockets}
+
+{* After calling SDLNet_CheckSockets(), you can use this function on a
+   socket that was in the socket set, to find out if data is available
+   for reading.
+*}
+function SDLNet_SocketReady( sock : PSDLNet_GenericSocket ) : boolean;
+
+{* Free a set of sockets allocated by SDL_NetAllocSocketSet() *}
+procedure SDLNet_FreeSocketSet( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_FreeSocketSet'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_FreeSocketSet}
+
+{***********************************************************************}
+{* Platform-independent data conversion functions                      *}
+{***********************************************************************}
+
+{* Write a 16/32 bit value to network packet buffer *}
+procedure SDLNet_Write16( value : Uint16; area : Pointer );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Write16'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Write16}
+
+procedure SDLNet_Write32( value : Uint32; area : Pointer );
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Write32'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Write32}
+
+{* Read a 16/32 bit value from network packet buffer *}
+function SDLNet_Read16( area : Pointer ) : Uint16;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Read16'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Read16}
+
+function SDLNet_Read32( area : Pointer ) : Uint32;
+cdecl; external{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_Read32'{$ELSE}SDLNetLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_Read32}
+
+{***********************************************************************}
+{* Error reporting functions                                           *}
+{***********************************************************************}
+
+{* We'll use SDL's functions for error reporting *}
+procedure SDLNet_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+function SDLNet_GetError : PChar;
+
+(* I'm eventually going to try to disentangle SDL_net from SDL, thus making
+   SDL_net an independent X-platform networking toolkit.  Not today though....
+
+proceudre SDLNet_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLNetLibName {$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_SetError}
+
+function SDLNet_GetError : PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDLNet_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLNetLibName {$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLNet_GetError}
+*)
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+{$L 'sdl_net'} { link sdl_net.dll.a or libsdl_net.so or libsdl_net.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_NET_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_NET_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_NET_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_NET_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+function SDLNet_TCP_AddSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PTCPSocket ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := SDLNet_AddSocket( set_, PSDLNet_GenericSocket( sock ) );
+end;
+
+function SDLNet_UDP_AddSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PUDPSocket ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := SDLNet_AddSocket( set_, PSDLNet_GenericSocket( sock ) );
+end;
+
+function SDLNet_TCP_DelSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PTCPSocket ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := SDLNet_DelSocket( set_, PSDLNet_GenericSocket( sock ) );
+end;
+
+function SDLNet_UDP_DelSocket( set_ : PSDLNet_SocketSet; sock : PUDPSocket ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := SDLNet_DelSocket( set_, PSDLNet_GenericSocket( sock ) );
+end;
+
+{* After calling SDLNet_CheckSockets(), you can use this function on a
+   socket that was in the socket set, to find out if data is available
+   for reading.
+*}
+
+function SDLNet_SocketReady( sock : PSDLNet_GenericSocket ) : boolean;
+begin
+  result := ( ( sock <> nil ) and ( sock^.ready = 1 ) );
+end;
+
+procedure SDLNet_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function SDLNet_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdl_ttf.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_ttf.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22424944c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdl_ttf.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+unit sdl_ttf;
+{
+  $Id: sdl_ttf.pas,v 1.18 2007/06/01 11:16:33 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_ttf.h                                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>  His Project inspired this conversion       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   December 08 2002 - DL : Fixed definition of TTF_RenderUnicode_Solid        }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_ttf.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.18  2007/06/01 11:16:33  savage
+  Added IFDEF UNIX for Workaround.
+
+  Revision 1.17  2007/06/01 08:38:21  savage
+  Added TTF_RenderText_Solid workaround as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis
+
+  Revision 1.16  2007/05/29 21:32:14  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.15  2007/05/20 20:32:45  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.14  2006/12/02 00:19:01  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.13  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.12  2005/01/05 01:47:14  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2005/01/04 23:14:57  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.10  2005/01/02 19:07:32  savage
+  Slight bug fix to use LongInt instead of Long ( Thanks Michalis Kamburelis )
+
+  Revision 1.9  2005/01/01 02:15:20  savage
+  Updated to v2.0.7
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/10/07 21:02:32  savage
+  Fix for FPC
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/09/30 22:39:50  savage
+  Added a true type font class which contains a wrap text function.
+  Changed the sdl_ttf.pas header to reflect the future of jedi-sdl.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/01 20:53:24  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/16 22:16:40  savage
+  v1.0 changes
+
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+{
+  Define this to workaround a known bug in some freetype versions.
+  The error manifests as TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid returning nil (error)
+  and error message (in SDL_Error) is
+  "Failed loading DPMSDisable: /usr/lib/libX11.so.6: undefined symbol: DPMSDisable"
+  See [http://lists.libsdl.org/pipermail/sdl-libsdl.org/2007-March/060459.html]
+}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$DEFINE Workaround_TTF_RenderText_Solid}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDLttfLibName = 'SDL_ttf.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDLttfLibName = 'libSDL_ttf-2.0.0.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    SDLttfLibName = 'libSDL_ttf.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+    SDLttfLibName = 'libSDL_ttf-2.0.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLttfLibName = 'SDL_ttf';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  {* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL *}
+  SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL = 8;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // Backwards compatibility
+  TTF_MAJOR_VERSION = SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  TTF_MINOR_VERSION = SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION;
+  TTF_PATCHLEVEL    = SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL;
+
+{*
+   Set and retrieve the font style
+   This font style is implemented by modifying the font glyphs, and
+   doesn't reflect any inherent properties of the truetype font file.
+*}
+  TTF_STYLE_NORMAL	  = $00;
+  TTF_STYLE_BOLD      = $01;
+  TTF_STYLE_ITALIC	  = $02;
+  TTF_STYLE_UNDERLINE	= $04;
+
+// ZERO WIDTH NO-BREAKSPACE (Unicode byte order mark)
+  UNICODE_BOM_NATIVE  = $FEFF;
+  UNICODE_BOM_SWAPPED = $FFFE;
+
+type
+  PTTF_Font = ^TTTF_font;
+  TTTF_Font = record
+  end;
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_ttf library. }
+procedure SDL_TTF_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TTF_VERSION}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_ttf library.
+     It should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should use the
+     SDL_TTF_VERSION() macro. }
+function TTF_Linked_Version : PSDL_version;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_Linked_Version}
+
+{ This function tells the library whether UNICODE text is generally
+   byteswapped.  A UNICODE BOM character in a string will override
+   this setting for the remainder of that string.
+}
+procedure TTF_ByteSwappedUNICODE( swapped : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_ByteSwappedUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_ByteSwappedUNICODE}
+
+//returns 0 on succes, -1 if error occurs
+function TTF_Init : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_Init'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_Init}
+
+{
+ Open a font file and create a font of the specified point size.
+ Some .fon fonts will have several sizes embedded in the file, so the
+ point size becomes the index of choosing which size.  If the value
+ is too high, the last indexed size will be the default.
+}
+function TTF_OpenFont( const filename : Pchar; ptsize : integer ) : PTTF_Font;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_OpenFont'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_OpenFont}
+
+function TTF_OpenFontIndex( const filename : Pchar; ptsize : integer; index : Longint ): PTTF_Font;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_OpenFontIndex'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_OpenFontIndex}
+
+function TTF_OpenFontRW( src : PSDL_RWops; freesrc : integer; ptsize : integer ): PTTF_Font;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_OpenFontRW'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_OpenFontRW}
+
+function TTF_OpenFontIndexRW( src : PSDL_RWops; freesrc : integer; ptsize : integer; index : Longint ): PTTF_Font;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_OpenFontIndexRW'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_OpenFontIndexRW}
+
+function TTF_GetFontStyle( font : PTTF_Font) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_GetFontStyle'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_GetFontStyle}
+
+procedure TTF_SetFontStyle( font : PTTF_Font; style : integer );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_SetFontStyle'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_SetFontStyle}
+
+{ Get the total height of the font - usually equal to point size }
+function TTF_FontHeight( font : PTTF_Font ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontHeight'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontHeight}
+
+{ Get the offset from the baseline to the top of the font
+   This is a positive value, relative to the baseline.
+}
+function TTF_FontAscent( font : PTTF_Font ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontAscent'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontAscent}
+{ Get the offset from the baseline to the bottom of the font
+   This is a negative value, relative to the baseline.
+}
+function TTF_FontDescent( font : PTTF_Font ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontDescent'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontDescent}
+
+{ Get the recommended spacing between lines of text for this font }
+function TTF_FontLineSkip( font : PTTF_Font ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontLineSkip'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontLineSkip}
+
+{ Get the number of faces of the font }
+function TTF_FontFaces( font : PTTF_Font ) : Longint;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontFaces'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontFaces}
+
+{ Get the font face attributes, if any }
+function TTF_FontFaceIsFixedWidth( font : PTTF_Font ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontFaceIsFixedWidth'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontFaceIsFixedWidth}
+
+function TTF_FontFaceFamilyName( font : PTTF_Font ): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontFaceFamilyName'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontFaceFamilyName}
+
+function TTF_FontFaceStyleName( font : PTTF_Font ): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_FontFaceStyleName'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_FontFaceStyleName}
+
+{ Get the metrics (dimensions) of a glyph }
+function TTF_GlyphMetrics( font : PTTF_Font; ch : Uint16;
+                            var minx : integer; var maxx : integer;
+                            var miny : integer; var maxy : integer;
+                            var advance : integer ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_GlyphMetrics'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_GlyphMetrics}
+
+{ Get the dimensions of a rendered string of text }
+function TTF_SizeText( font : PTTF_Font; const text : PChar; var w : integer; var y : integer ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_SizeText'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_SizeText}
+
+function TTF_SizeUTF8( font : PTTF_Font; const text : PChar; var w : integer; var y : integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_SizeUTF8'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_SizeUTF8}
+
+function TTF_SizeUNICODE( font : PTTF_Font; const text : PUint16; var w : integer; var y : integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_SizeUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_SizeUNICODE}
+
+{ Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
+   fast quality with the given font and color.  The 0 pixel is the
+   colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
+   to the text color.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function TTF_RenderText_Solid( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+{$IFNDEF Workaround_TTF_RenderText_Solid}
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderText_Solid'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderText_Solid}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function TTF_RenderUTF8_Solid( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUTF8_Solid'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUTF8_Solid}
+
+function TTF_RenderUNICODE_Solid( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text :PUint16; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUNICODE_Solid'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUNICODE_Solid}
+
+{
+Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
+   fast quality with the given font and color.  The 0 pixel is the
+   colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
+   to the text color.  The glyph is rendered without any padding or
+   centering in the X direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function  TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid( font : PTTF_Font;
+					ch : Uint16; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid}
+
+{ Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
+   high quality with the given font and colors.  The 0 pixel is background,
+   while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function TTF_RenderText_Shaded( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color; bg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderText_Shaded'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderText_Shaded}
+function TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color; bg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded}
+function TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PUint16; fg : TSDL_Color; bg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded}
+
+{ Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
+   high quality with the given font and colors.  The 0 pixel is background,
+   while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
+   The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
+   direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function  TTF_RenderGlyph_Shaded( font : PTTF_Font; ch : Uint16; fg : TSDL_Color;
+                                  bg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderGlyph_Shaded'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderGlyph_Shaded}
+
+{ Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given text at high quality,
+   using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function TTF_RenderText_Blended( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderText_Blended'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderText_Blended}
+function TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended}
+function TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended( font : PTTF_Font;
+				const text: PUint16; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended}
+
+{ Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given glyph at high quality,
+   using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
+   The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
+   direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+   This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+}
+function  TTF_RenderGlyph_Blended( font : PTTF_Font; ch : Uint16; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_RenderGlyph_Blended'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_RenderGlyph_Blended}
+
+{ For compatibility with previous versions, here are the old functions }
+{#define TTF_RenderText(font, text, fg, bg)
+	TTF_RenderText_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
+#define TTF_RenderUTF8(font, text, fg, bg)	
+	TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
+#define TTF_RenderUNICODE(font, text, fg, bg)	
+	TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)}
+
+{ Close an opened font file }
+procedure TTF_CloseFont( font : PTTF_Font );
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_CloseFont'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_CloseFont}
+
+//De-initialize TTF engine
+procedure TTF_Quit;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_Quit}
+
+// Check if the TTF engine is initialized
+function TTF_WasInit : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'TTF_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLttfLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM TTF_WasInit}
+
+// We'll use SDL for reporting errors
+procedure TTF_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+
+function TTF_GetError : PChar;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl_ttf'}  { link sdl_ttf.dll.a or libsdl_ttf.so or libsdl_ttf.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_TTF_VERSION( var X : TSDL_version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+procedure TTF_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function TTF_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF Workaround_TTF_RenderText_Solid}
+function TTF_RenderText_Solid( font : PTTF_Font;
+  const text : PChar; fg : TSDL_Color ): PSDL_Surface;
+const
+  Black: TSDL_Color = (r: 0; g: 0; b: 0; unused: 0);
+begin
+  Result := TTF_RenderText_Shaded(font, text, fg, Black);
+end;
+{$ENDIF Workaround_TTF_RenderText_Solid}
+
+end.
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/sdlutils.pas b/packages/sdl/src/sdlutils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01f67685b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/sdlutils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,4363 @@
+unit sdlutils;
+{
+  $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{                SDL Utility functions                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Tom Jones are                                            }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones.                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu>                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   Helper functions...                                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{               2000 - TJ : Initial creation                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   July   13   2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines.              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   14   2001 - RK : Added flipping routines.                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   19   2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD  }
+{                           effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
+{                           Added PSDLRect()                                   }
+{   Sept   22   2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
+{                           Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   25   2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine,   }
+{                           SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   26   2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal     }
+{                           types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
+{                           portable to Linix.                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   27   2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Oct    27   2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Jan    21   2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Mar    28   2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    13   2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    27   2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    30   2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit               }
+{                           & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{ November  9   2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ December 10   2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{    April 26   2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine          }
+{                           Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y  }
+{                           Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines     }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.5  2006/11/19 18:56:44  savage
+  Removed Hints and Warnings.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/06/02 19:38:53  savage
+  Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández.  Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/05/29 23:11:54  savage
+  Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  Types,
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  Xlib,
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  sdl;
+
+type
+  TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
+
+// Pixel procedures
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+  Uint32 );
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Line procedures
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Surface procedures
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+
+// Flip procedures
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+
+// Fill Rect routine
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+
+// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+//
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+  PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+  boolean;
+
+// Jason's boolean Surface functions
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math;
+
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1, Mod2   : cardinal;
+  Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+  Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty       : cardinal;
+  StartTick    : cardinal;
+  Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+  if SrcRect2 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface2.w;
+      h := SrcSurface2.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
+    Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface2^ do
+  begin
+    TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
+    Pitch2 := Pitch;
+    Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
+  end;
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+  inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+          inc( Addr2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+          inc( Addr2, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+          inc( Addr2, 3 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+          inc( Addr2, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor     : cardinal;
+  Addr         : cardinal;
+  R, G, B      : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+    case format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+          G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+          B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+          if R > $E0 then
+            R := $E0;
+          if G > $1C then
+            G := $1C;
+          if B > $03 then
+            B := $03;
+          PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+          G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+          if R > $7C00 then
+            R := $7C00;
+          if G > $03E0 then
+            G := $03E0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := $001F;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+          G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+          if R > $F800 then
+            R := $F800;
+          if G > $07C0 then
+            G := $07C0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := $001F;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := $FF0000;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := $00FF00;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := $0000FF;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := $FF0000;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := $00FF00;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := $0000FF;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor     : cardinal;
+  Addr         : cardinal;
+  R, G, B      : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+    case format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+          G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+          B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+          if R > $E0 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $1C then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $03 then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+          G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+          if R > $7C00 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $03E0 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+          G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+          if R > $F800 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $07C0 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
+// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
+//  palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
+
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0;
+                G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C;
+                B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03;
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00;
+                G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0;
+                B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+                if R > $7C00 then
+                  R := $7C00;
+                if G > $03E0 then
+                  G := $03E0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := $001F;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800;
+                G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0;
+                B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+                if R > $F800 then
+                  R := $F800;
+                if G > $07E0 then
+                  G := $07E0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := $001F;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := $FF0000;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := $00FF00;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := $0000FF;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := $FF0000;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := $00FF00;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := $0000FF;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0;
+                G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C;
+                B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03;
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+                if R > $7C00 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $03E0 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800;
+                G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+                if R > $F800 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $07E0 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+var
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    2 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    3 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
+// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
+  SrcColor, TransparentColor, TextureColor : cardinal;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  with Texture^ do
+  begin
+    TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
+      UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    2 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    3 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF );
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  xc, yc       : cardinal;
+  rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
+  color        : cardinal;
+  modx, mody   : cardinal;
+begin
+  // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
+  if srcrect = nil then
+    srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+    dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
+  mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
+  //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+  ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
+  wy := dstrect.y;
+  for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
+  begin
+    rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+    wx := dstrect.x;
+    ry16 := ry shr 16;
+    for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
+    begin
+      color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
+      rx := rx + modx;
+      inc( wx );
+    end;
+    ry := ry + mody;
+    inc( wy );
+  end;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
+// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+const
+  SHIFTS       = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
+  THRESH       = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
+  procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
+  var
+    tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
+    mx, my     : cardinal;
+    cr         : cardinal;
+  begin
+    // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
+    if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
+    begin // Yes
+      cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
+    end
+    else
+    begin // No
+      // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
+      tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
+      tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
+      bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
+      lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
+      rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
+      m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
+      mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
+      my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
+      CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
+      CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
+    end;
+  end;
+var
+  _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
+  Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
+begin
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Rect_x := 0;
+    Rect_y := 0;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
+    Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end;
+  // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
+  _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
+  CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
+begin
+  counter := 0;
+  drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
+
+  //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
+  if ( DashLength < 1 )
+    then
+    DashLength := 1;
+  if ( DashSpace < 1 )
+    then
+    DashSpace := 0;
+
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+      begin
+        SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+        inc( counter );
+        if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+        begin
+          drawdash := false;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end
+      else //space
+      begin
+        inc( counter );
+        if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+        begin
+          drawdash := true;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+      begin
+        SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+        inc( counter );
+        if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+        begin
+          drawdash := false;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end
+      else //space
+      begin
+        inc( counter );
+        if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+        begin
+          drawdash := true;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  TmpRect      : TSDL_Rect;
+  Locked       : boolean;
+  y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
+  Row1, Row2   : Pointer;
+  OneRow       : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
+    RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+      DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
+      * DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    for y := 0 to FlipLength do
+    begin
+      Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
+      Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
+      Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
+      inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+      dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+type
+  T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
+  T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
+  P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
+  TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
+  PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
+var
+  TmpRect      : TSDL_Rect;
+  Row8bit      : PByteArray;
+  Row16bit     : PWordArray;
+  Row24bit     : P24bitArray;
+  Row32bit     : PLongWordArray;
+  y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
+  Pixel        : cardinal;
+  Pixel24      : T24bit;
+  Locked       : boolean;
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
+      1 :
+        begin
+          Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
+              Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      2 :
+        begin
+          Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
+              Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      3 :
+        begin
+          Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
+              Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      4 :
+        begin
+          Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
+              Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
+// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+var
+  Rect         : PSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  New( Rect );
+  with Rect^ do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+  Result := Rect;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with result do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with aRect do
+    result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
+  depth : integer );
+var
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
+  src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
+  src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+begin
+  if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
+    exit;
+  dx := ( x2 - x1 );
+  dy := ( y2 - y1 );
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  e := dy - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
+  dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
+  src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
+  dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
+    depth );
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+    while ( e >= 0 ) do
+    begin
+      inc( src_pixels, depth );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( dst_pixels, depth );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  if x > 0 then
+    result := 1
+  else
+    result := -1;
+end;
+
+// Stretches a part of a surface
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  dst_surface  : PSDL_Surface;
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
+  destx1, desty1 : integer;
+begin
+  srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
+  srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
+  result := nil;
+  destx1 := 0;
+  desty1 := 0;
+  dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
+  dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
+  e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
+    desty1,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+  if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+    SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+  SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
+  if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
+    if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
+      exit;
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
+      SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
+    while e >= 0 do
+    begin
+      inc( SrcY1 );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( desty1 );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+  if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
+  result := dst_surface;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer );
+var
+  src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+  i            : integer;
+begin
+  src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
+    depth );
+  dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
+    + xofs ) * depth );
+  for i := x2 downto x1 do
+  begin
+    move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+    dec( src_pixels );
+    dec( dst_pixels );
+  end;
+end;
+{ Return the pixel value at (x, y)
+NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+var
+  bpp          : UInt32;
+  p            : PInteger;
+begin
+  bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
+  p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
+    bpp );
+  case bpp of
+    1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
+    2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
+    3 :
+      if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
+      else
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
+    4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
+  else
+    result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
+  end;
+end;
+{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value
+  NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+  Uint32 );
+var
+  bpp          : UInt32;
+  p            : PInteger;
+begin
+  bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  p := Pointer( Uint32( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
+    * bpp );
+  case bpp of
+    1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel;
+    2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel;
+    3 :
+      if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+      begin
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      PUint32( p )^ := pixel;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2       : TSDL_Rect;
+  //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+  YPos         : Integer;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    //if DifY > 0 then // going up
+    //begin
+    ypos := 0;
+    r1.x := 0;
+    r2.x := 0;
+    r1.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r2.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r1.h := DifY;
+    r2.h := DifY;
+    while ypos < DstSurface.h do
+    begin
+      r1.y := ypos;
+      r2.y := ypos + DifY;
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
+      ypos := ypos + DifY;
+    end;
+    //end
+    //else
+    //begin // Going Down
+    //end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer);
+var
+  r1, r2: TSDL_Rect;
+  buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then
+  begin
+    buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2,
+      Surface^.h * 2,
+      Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    if buffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then
+        SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256);
+      r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+      r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+      SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2);
+      SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2);
+      SDL_FreeSurface(buffer);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;}
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2       : TSDL_Rect;
+  buffer       : PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
+      DstSurface^.h * 2,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+    if buffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+        SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+      r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
+      SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+var
+  aSin, aCos   : Single;
+  MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
+  Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
+  MAXX, MAXY   : Integer;
+begin
+  // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
+  TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
+  {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.w;
+    Height := srcRect.w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.h;
+    Height := srcRect.h;
+  end; }
+
+  maxx := DstSurface.w;
+  maxy := DstSurface.h;
+  aCos := cos( Angle );
+  aSin := sin( Angle );
+
+  Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
+  Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
+
+  OX := Width div 2;
+  OY := Height div 2; ;
+  MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
+  MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
+  ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
+  ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
+  Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
+  Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
+  SX := 0;
+  for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
+  begin
+    Inc( SX );
+    SY := 0;
+    for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
+    begin
+      RX := SX - OX;
+      RY := SY - OY;
+      NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
+      NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
+      // Used for testing only
+     //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
+      if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
+      begin
+        if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
+        begin
+          if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
+          begin
+            Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
+            if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
+            begin
+              SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+      inc( SY );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+begin
+  SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
+end;
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  OutOfRange   : Boolean;
+begin
+  OutOfRange := false;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+  begin
+    RealRect.x := 0;
+    RealRect.y := 0;
+    RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
+    RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
+    begin
+      RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.x < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.x := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
+    begin
+      RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.y < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.y := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if OutOfRange = False then
+    begin
+      if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
+      end;
+      if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+  if OutOfRange = False then
+  begin
+    result := realrect;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    realrect.w := 0;
+    realrect.h := 0;
+    realrect.x := 0;
+    realrect.y := 0;
+    result := realrect;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr         : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP    : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := $E0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := $1C;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := $03;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := $7C00;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := $03E0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := $F800;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := $07C0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr         : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP    : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+var
+  FBC          : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
+  // temp vars
+  i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
+
+  TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
+  TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
+  TempRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+
+begin
+  // calc FBC
+  YR := StartColor.r;
+  YG := StartColor.g;
+  YB := StartColor.b;
+  SR := YR;
+  SG := YG;
+  SB := YB;
+  DR := EndColor.r - SR;
+  DG := EndColor.g - SG;
+  DB := EndColor.b - SB;
+
+  for i := 0 to 255 do
+  begin
+    FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
+    YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
+    YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
+    YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
+  end;
+
+  //  if aStyle = 1 then begin
+  TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
+  TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
+  TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
+  TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
+  TempTop := 0;
+  TempLeft := 0;
+  TempRect.x := Rect.x;
+  TempRect.y := Rect.y;
+  TempRect.h := Rect.h;
+  TempRect.w := Rect.w;
+
+  case Style of
+    gsHorizontal :
+      begin
+        TempRect.h := TempHeight;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+    gsVertical :
+      begin
+        TempRect.w := TempWidth;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
+    8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101}
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111}
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111}
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111}
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+  PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+  boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1         : cardinal;
+  Addr1        : cardinal;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+  Pitch1       : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty       : cardinal;
+  StartTick    : cardinal;
+  Color1       : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+
+  Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $E0
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $1C
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $03
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $F800
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+                if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $E0
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $1C
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $03
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $F800
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+                if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+var
+  tflag, flag1, flag2 : word;
+  txy, xedge, yedge : Integer;
+  slope        : single;
+
+  function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word;
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    if x < ClipRect.x then
+      Result := 1;
+    if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then
+      Result := Result or 2;
+    if y < ClipRect.y then
+      Result := Result or 4;
+    if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then
+      Result := Result or 8;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 );
+  flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+  result := true;
+
+  while true do
+  begin
+    if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then
+      Exit; // all in
+
+    if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then
+    begin
+      result := false;
+      Exit; // all out
+    end;
+
+    if flag2 = 0 then
+    begin
+      txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
+      txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
+      tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
+    end;
+
+    if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then
+    begin
+      if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then
+        xedge := ClipRect.x
+      else
+        xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+      slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 );
+      y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) );
+      x2 := xedge;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then
+        yedge := ClipRect.y
+      else
+        yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+      slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 );
+      x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) );
+      y2 := yedge;
+    end;
+
+    flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/packages/sdl/src/smpeg.pas b/packages/sdl/src/smpeg.pas
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af6913e3aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/sdl/src/smpeg.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+unit smpeg;
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Id: smpeg.pas,v 1.7 2004/08/14 22:54:30 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SMPEG - SDL MPEG Player Library                         }
+{       Conversion of the SMPEG - SDL MPEG Player Library                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : smpeg.h                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Matthias Thoma are                                       }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Matthias Thoma.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>  His Project inspired this conversion       }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL-1.2.so.0    }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   May      08 2001 - MT : Initial conversion                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  12 2001 - DA : Various changes as suggested by David Acklam       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support            }
+{                          Fixed all invalid calls to DLL.                     }
+{                          Changed constant names to:                          }
+{                          const                                               }
+{                          STATUS_SMPEG_ERROR = -1;                            }
+{                          STATUS_SMPEG_STOPPED = 0;                           }
+{                          STATUS_SMPEG_PLAYING = 1;                           }
+{                          because SMPEG_ERROR is a function (_SMPEG_error     }
+{                          isn't correct), and cannot be two elements with the }
+{                          same name                                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: smpeg.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.7  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/04/02 10:40:55  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object name so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/03/31 22:20:02  savage
+  Windows unit not used in this file, so it was removed to keep the code tidy.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/14 23:35:42  savage
+  version 1 of sdl_image, sdl_mixer and smpeg.
+
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF windows}
+  SmpegLibName = 'smpeg.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SmpegLibName = 'libsmpeg.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  SmpegLibName = 'libsmpeg.so';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SmpegLibName = 'smpeg';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// MPEGFilter.h
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+{ SMPEG filter info flags }
+const
+  SMPEG_FILTER_INFO_MB_ERROR = 1;
+  SMPEG_FILTER_INFO_PIXEL_ERROR = 2;
+
+{ Filter info from SMPEG }
+type
+  SMPEG_FilterInfo = record
+    yuv_mb_square_error: PUint16;
+    yuv_pixel_square_error: PUint16;
+  end;
+  TSMPEG_FilterInfo = SMPEG_FilterInfo;
+  PSMPEG_FilterInfo = ^SMPEG_FilterInfo;
+
+{ MPEG filter definition }
+  PSMPEG_Filter = ^TSMPEG_Filter;
+
+{ Callback functions for the filter }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSMPEG_FilterCallback = function( dest, source: PSDL_Overlay; region: PSDL_Rect; filter_info: PSMPEG_FilterInfo; data: Pointer ): Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSMPEG_FilterCallback = function( dest, source: PSDL_Overlay; region: PSDL_Rect; filter_info: PSMPEG_FilterInfo; data: Pointer ): Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSMPEG_FilterDestroy = function( Filter: PSMPEG_Filter ): Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSMPEG_FilterDestroy = function( Filter: PSMPEG_Filter ): Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}  
+
+{ The filter definition itself }
+  TSMPEG_Filter = record
+    flags: Uint32;
+    data: Pointer;
+    callback: TSMPEG_FilterCallback;
+    destroy: TSMPEG_FilterDestroy;
+  end;
+
+{ The null filter (default). It simply copies the source rectangle to the video overlay. }
+function SMPEGfilter_null: PSMPEG_Filter;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEGfilter_null'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ The bilinear filter. A basic low-pass filter that will produce a smoother image. }
+function SMPEGfilter_bilinear: PSMPEG_Filter;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEGfilter_bilinear'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ The deblocking filter. It filters block borders and non-intra coded blocks to reduce blockiness }
+function SMPEGfilter_deblocking: PSMPEG_Filter;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEGfilter_deblocking'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// SMPEG.h
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+const
+  SMPEG_MAJOR_VERSION = 0;
+  SMPEG_MINOR_VERSION = 4;
+  SMPEG_PATCHLEVEL = 2;
+
+type
+  SMPEG_version = record
+    major: UInt8;
+    minor: UInt8;
+    patch: UInt8;
+  end;
+  TSMPEG_version = SMPEG_version;
+  PSMPEG_version = ^TSMPEG_version;
+
+  // This is the actual SMPEG object
+  _SMPEG = record
+    //obj: PMPEG;
+  end;
+  TSMPEG = _SMPEG;
+  PSMPEG = ^_SMPEG;
+
+  { Used to get information about the SMPEG object }
+  __SMPEG_Info = record
+    has_audio: Integer;
+    has_video: Integer;
+    width: Integer;
+    height: Integer;
+    current_frame: Integer;
+    current_fps: double;
+    audio_string: array[0..79] of char;
+    audio_current_frame: Integer;
+    current_offset: UInt32;
+    total_size: UInt32;
+    current_time: double;
+    total_time: double;
+  end;
+  _SMPEG_Info = __SMPEG_Info;
+  SMPEG_Info = _SMPEG_Info;
+  TSMPEG_Info = _SMPEG_Info;
+  PSMPEG_Info = ^_SMPEG_Info;
+  
+{ Possible MPEG status codes }
+const
+  STATUS_SMPEG_ERROR = -1;
+  STATUS_SMPEG_STOPPED = 0;
+  STATUS_SMPEG_PLAYING = 1;
+
+type
+  SMPEGstatus = Integer;
+  TSMPEGstatus = Integer;
+  PSMPEGstatus = ^Integer;
+
+  { Matches the declaration of SDL_UpdateRect() }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSMPEG_DisplayCallback = function( dst: PSDL_Surface; x, y: Integer; w, h: Cardinal ): Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSMPEG_DisplayCallback = function( dst: PSDL_Surface; x, y: Integer; w, h: Cardinal ): Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+
+{ Create a new SMPEG object from an MPEG file.
+  On return, if 'info' is not NULL, it will be filled with information
+  about the MPEG object.
+  This function returns a new SMPEG object.  Use SMPEG_error() to find out
+  whether or not there was a problem building the MPEG stream.
+  The sdl_audio parameter indicates if SMPEG should initialize the SDL audio
+  subsystem. If not, you will have to use the SMPEG_playaudio() function below
+  to extract the decoded data. }
+function SMPEG_new(const _file: PChar; info: PSMPEG_Info; sdl_audio: Integer): PSMPEG;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_new'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ The same as above for a file descriptor }
+function SMPEG_new_descr(_file: Integer; info: PSMPEG_Info; sdl_audio: Integer): PSMPEG;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_new_descr'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{  The same as above but for a raw chunk of data.  SMPEG makes a copy of the
+   data, so the application is free to delete after a successful call to this
+   function. }
+function SMPEG_new_data(data: Pointer; size: Integer; info: PSMPEG_Info; sdl_audio: Integer): PSMPEG;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_new_data'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Get current information about an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_getinfo(mpeg: PSMPEG; info: PSMPEG_Info);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_getinfo'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+//procedure SMPEG_getinfo(mpeg: PSMPEG; info: Pointer);
+//cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_getinfo'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{ Enable or disable audio playback in MPEG stream }
+procedure SMPEG_enableaudio(mpeg: PSMPEG; enable: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_enableaudio'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Enable or disable video playback in MPEG stream }
+procedure SMPEG_enablevideo(mpeg: PSMPEG; enable: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_enablevideo'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Delete an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_delete(mpeg: PSMPEG);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_delete'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Get the current status of an SMPEG object }
+function SMPEG_status(mpeg: PSMPEG): TSMPEGstatus;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_status'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+                                  // status
+{ Set the audio volume of an MPEG stream, in the range 0-100 }
+procedure SMPEG_setvolume(mpeg: PSMPEG; volume: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_setvolume'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Set the destination surface for MPEG video playback
+  'surfLock' is a mutex used to synchronize access to 'dst', and can be NULL.
+  'callback' is a function called when an area of 'dst' needs to be updated.
+  If 'callback' is NULL, the default function (SDL_UpdateRect) will be used. }
+procedure SMPEG_setdisplay(mpeg: PSMPEG; dst: PSDL_Surface; surfLock: PSDL_mutex; callback: TSMPEG_DisplayCallback);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_setdisplay'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Set or clear looping play on an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_loop(mpeg: PSMPEG; _repeat: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_loop'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Scale pixel display on an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_scaleXY(mpeg: PSMPEG; width, height: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_scaleXY'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+procedure SMPEG_scale(mpeg: PSMPEG; scale: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_scale'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+procedure SMPEG_Double(mpeg : PSMPEG; doubleit : Boolean );
+
+{ Move the video display area within the destination surface }
+procedure SMPEG_move(mpeg: PSMPEG; x, y: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_move'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Set the region of the video to be shown }
+procedure SMPEG_setdisplayregion(mpeg: PSMPEG; x, y, w, h: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_setdisplayregion'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Play an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_play(mpeg: PSMPEG);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_play'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Pause/Resume playback of an SMPEG object}
+procedure SMPEG_pause(mpeg: PSMPEG);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_pause'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Stop playback of an SMPEG object }
+procedure SMPEG_stop(mpeg: PSMPEG);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_stop'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Rewind the play position of an SMPEG object to the beginning of the MPEG }
+procedure SMPEG_rewind(mpeg: PSMPEG);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_rewind'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Seek 'bytes' bytes in the MPEG stream }
+procedure SMPEG_seek(mpeg: PSMPEG; bytes: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_seek'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Skip 'seconds' seconds in the MPEG stream }
+procedure SMPEG_skip(mpeg: PSMPEG; seconds: single);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_skip'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Render a particular frame in the MPEG video
+   API CHANGE: This function no longer takes a target surface and position.
+               Use SMPEG_setdisplay() and SMPEG_move() to set this information. }
+procedure SMPEG_renderFrame(mpeg: PSMPEG; framenum: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_renderFrame'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Render the last frame of an MPEG video }
+procedure SMPEG_renderFinal(mpeg: PSMPEG; dst: PSDL_Surface; x, y: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_renderFinal'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Set video filter }
+function SMPEG_filter(mpeg: PSMPEG; filter: PSMPEG_Filter): PSMPEG_Filter;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_filter'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Return NULL if there is no error in the MPEG stream, or an error message
+   if there was a fatal error in the MPEG stream for the SMPEG object. }
+function SMPEG_error(mpeg: PSMPEG): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_error'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Exported callback function for audio playback.
+   The function takes a buffer and the amount of data to fill, and returns
+   the amount of data in bytes that was actually written.  This will be the
+   amount requested unless the MPEG audio has finished.
+}
+function SMPEG_playAudio(mpeg: PSMPEG; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_playAudio'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Wrapper for SMPEG_playAudio() that can be passed to SDL and SDL_mixer }
+procedure SMPEG_playAudioSDL(mpeg: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_playAudioSDL'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Get the best SDL audio spec for the audio stream }
+function SMPEG_wantedSpec(mpeg: PSMPEG; wanted: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_wantedSpec'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ Inform SMPEG of the actual SDL audio spec used for sound playback }
+procedure SMPEG_actualSpec(mpeg: PSMPEG; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec);
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SMPEG_actualSpec'{$ELSE} SmpegLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL library. }
+procedure SMPEG_GETVERSION( var X : TSMPEG_version );
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'smpeg'}  { link smpeg.dll.a or libsmpeg.so or libsmpeg.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SMPEG_double(mpeg : PSMPEG; doubleit : Boolean );
+begin
+  if doubleit then
+    SMPEG_scale( mpeg, 2 )
+  else
+    SMPEG_scale( mpeg, 1 );
+end;
+
+procedure SMPEG_GETVERSION( var X : TSMPEG_version );
+begin
+  X.major := SMPEG_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SMPEG_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SMPEG_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+end.